AUGUSTA-MARGARET RIVER SHIRE STATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT REPORT

2009

Acknowledgements:

In 2007, the Environmental Protection Authority released the ‘State of Environment Report 2007 for Western Australia. The Shire of Augusta Margaret River would like to express appreciation to the EPA for permitting the use of their reporting frame work and relevant images to ensure alignment and collaboration towards a healthier environment and improved quality of life for the local community and all Western Australians.

Contributors: D and A McKenzie T/A Litoria Ecoservices – Theme 2 Biodiversity. Verity Steptoe – Theme 3 Coastal and Marine. Katie Biggs Merryn Delaney Dr Ernie Stead Richardson Greg Simpson

Front cover depicts Hardy Inlet 2008, courtesy of Stephen Smith

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OVERVIEW 5 Report Framework 6 Western Australian Report cards 6 Western Australian Environmental priorities 7 Environmental Issues 7 ABOUT THIS REPORT 10 Purpose 10 History 10 Theme structure 10 Issue Structure 10 THEMES AND ISSUES THEME 1 ATMOSPHERE 11 1.1 Air Quality 12 1.2 Green House Gas Emissions 14 THEME 2 BIODIVERSITY 18 2.1 Biodiversity 18 2.2 Native Vegetation and Natural Areas 25 2.3 Feral or Introduced Animal species 28 2.4 Environmental Weeds 31 2.5 Pathogens 34 2.6 Riparian Vegetation 37 THEME 3 COASTAL AND MARINE 40 3.1 Coastal environment 41 3.2 Marine environment 46 3.3 Marine contamination 51 Emerging issue – Introduced marine species 55 Emerging issue – Marine debris 56 THEME 4 INLAND WATERS 58 4.1 Erosion and sedimentation 60 4.2 Salinisation 64 4.3 Eutrophication 69 4.4 Acidification 78 4.5 Altered water regimes 82 THEME 5 LAND 88 5.1 Soil erosion 89 5.2 Soil acidification 94 5.3 Soil health 96 5.4 Contaminated sites 100 THEME 6 HERITAGE 103 6.1 Natural heritage 104 6.2 Aboriginal heritage 107 6.3 Historic heritage 110 THEME 7 SETTLEMENTS 113 7.1 Population and settlement patterns 113 7.2 Waste management 117 7.3 Water use in settlements 122 7.4 Energy use 133 THEME 8 TOWARDS SUSTAINABILITY 137 8.1 Tourism 137 8.2 Agriculture 141 APPENDIX Appendix 1 : Summary of Actions 149 Appendix 2: Vegetation complex retention and protection 160 information Appendix 3: Definition categories for threatened ecological 162 communities REFERENCES 167

4

OVERVIEW

The following report card presents a synopsis for the Shire of Augusta Margaret River environment in 2008. This report has been modelled on the Governments 'State of the Environment Report Western Australia 2007’, and considers a number of indicators relating to the condition of the natural resources or assets, the pressures or threats present and the adequacy of current responses. 'Status' refers to the current overall condition of the natural resources or assets, while 'trend' refers to the likely change in natural resources or asset condition over the past decade.

The following table summarises the current status and likely trend direction for the major environmental themes identified in the report.

THEME STATUS & COMMENT TREND Seasonal factors influence air quality. More effort is required to Atmosphere monitor air quality and to reduce corporate and community greenhouse gas emission levels.

There is insufficient knowledge about biodiversity in the South Biodiversity West. Most biodiversity issues are under pressure and appear to be getting worse.

Further effort is required to protect coastal vegetation and habitat in Coastal & Marine the most accessible areas. There is inadequate knowledge of the ecology and biodiversity of the local marine environment.

Some wetland and water ways are degraded, due to loss of Inland Waters vegetation and excess nutrient levels contributing to algal bloom. Better management and protection of inland waters is required.

Soil acidification is a significant threat to soil health in some part of Land the Shire and requires appropriate management.

Many heritage places are being lost or degraded. Better Heritage management, protection, and recognition of heritage values are required.

Settlement growth is increasing the demand for land, water and energy and increasing waste generation. Settlements The sectors considered in this report are tourism and agriculture neither of which have fully implemented an environmental Sustainability management system approach, developed sustainability indicators and targets and implemented performance monitoring. Legend Current Status Trend Direction

Good Likely improvement

Average Steady

Of Concern Likely deterioration

Reporting framework:

In Australia, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development's 'pressure-state-response' model provides a framework for SOE reports. The term 'Pressure' (or threat) refers to human activities that affect the environment. The term 'State' (or condition) refers to the quality of the environment and the functioning of important environmental processes. The term 'Response' (or actions) refers to initiatives that have been made to address pressures on the environment or to improve or maintain its condition.

In WA, a modified version of the model is used, ‘condition-pressure-response-implication’. This assists in environmental policy planning while retaining the benefits of an internationally agreed framework for environmental reporting. Similar to many other state and national reports, the Western Australian SOE report has been structured around environmental themes, issues and indicators.

Western Australia’s Environmental report Card

The following report card presents the Environmental Protection Authority's (EPA) synopsis for WA's environment in 2007. The EPA has considered a number of indicators relating to the condition of the natural resources or assets, the pressures or threats present and the adequacy of current responses.

THEME STATUS & COMMENT TREND

Fundamental pressures Increasing pressures on the environment from WA’s economic boom, consumption of natural resources, and climate change require new approaches to environmental management. Atmospheric pollution issues across WA are generally with Atmosphere guideline limits and appear under control. Some issues appear to be worsening. Many Land problems in the South West are getting worse. There Land are fewer problems in other parts of WA.

Many waterways and wetlands in WA are degrading, especially in Inland Waters the South West. Better management and protection of inland waters is required.

There is insufficient knowledge about biodiversity in WA. Most Biodiversity biodiversity issues are serious and appear to eb getting worse.

A few marine areas in WA have recognised problems. Improved Marine knowledge of the marine environment is required.

Many heritage places in WA are being lost or degraded. Better Heritage management, protection and recognition of heritage values are required.

Some WA settlements are growing at an unsustainable pace with increasing demand for land, water and energy and increasing waste Human Settlements generation.

Legend Current Status Trend Direction

Good Likely improvement

Average Steady

Of Concern Likely deterioration

Western Australia’s environmental priorities:

Each environmental issue identified in the State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 2007, was given a priority rating. The priority rating table uses five levels to indicate the relative priority to WA, ranging from Priority 1 (highest priority) to Priority 5 (lowest priority). The environmental issues appearing within each priority rating are in no particular order. It should be noted that while all the environmental issues identified in the State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 2007 are important, the priority ratings will help to prioritise policy development, management focus and allocation of resources.

A number of factors were considered in determining the priority rating for each environmental issue including the extent of its impact across WA; the reversibility of the impact; the rate at which its worsening; the impact on the environment, society and the economy; and the potential consequences for future generations. Community input and advice from technical experts helped the EPA to decide the priority ratings (EPA 2007).

Priority rate 1 Priority rating 2 Priority rating 3 Priority rating 4 Priority rating 5 Top priority Lowest priority Climate change Particulates Photochemical Land contamination Stratospheric ozone smog depletion Population and Changed fire Soil acidification Marine Sulfur dioxide consumption regimes contamination Greenhouse gas Loss or degradation Acidification of Loss or degradation emissions of native vegetation inland waters of natural heritage Introduced animals Soil erosion Erosion and sedimentation of inland waters Weeds Altered water Eutrophication regimes Phytophthora Loss or degredation Introduced marine dieback of wetlands species Land salinisation Loss or degradation Transport of fringing and instream vegetation Salinisation of inland Degradation of Water use in waters marine settlements environments Settlement patterns Energy use in settlements Loss or degradation Waste generation of Aboriginal and disposal heritage Loss or degradation of historic heritage

Environmental Issues:

In the State of the Environment Report Western Australia 2007, the term 'environmental issues' refers to problems or threats. The EPA released a discussion paper and determined the environmental issues based on the community submissions that where received in response to the discussion paper and also advice from technical experts.

A 'Priority rating' is shown for each issue and 'trend' direction is used to indicate whether there has been an improvement or deterioration in respect to each issue over the past decade. To determine the direction of trend for some issues, a direct comparison could be made between data that previously appeared in the Governments State of the Environment Report Western Australia 1998 and the revised 2007 version.

The issues and trends identified in the Government’s State of the Environment Report Western Australia 2007 are reported under common themes in the following table:

7 Theme/Issue Priority Comment rating and Trend

Fundamental Pressures Climate Change WA is getting warmer. Rainfall is decreasing in the South West. Ocean levels are rising. Implications are severe.

Population and Consumption Western Australians have amongst the largest ecological footprints in the world Atmosphere Stratospheric ozone depletion Ozone depleting chemicals are under control. Ozone depletion is still a problem at the moment, but is predicted to gradually improve.

Greenhouse gas emission WA has amongst the highest emissions per capita in the world. Total emissions are relatively small on a global scale, but increasing rapidly.

Particulates Problem areas are largely confined to some Perth suburbs, and some towns in the South West, Pilbara and Kimberley.

Photochemical smog Noticeable improvements have occurred in Perth – the main problem.

Sulphur dioxide Improvements are generally occurring, including in Kalgoorlie – historically a problem area. Land Land salinisation The area of South West land affected is increasing. Active management is underway, but significant land use changes are required.

Soil erosion Much of the State is affected to some extent. Awareness of the problem is generally improving.

Soil acidification The area of South West land affected is increasing. Currently there is dependence on lime as treatment.

Land contamination More contaminated sites continue to be identified, but improved regulations are now in place. Inland Waters Salinisation of inland waters Many South West waterways and wetlands are severely affected. Some improvements have occurred in the Denmark and Collie rivers due to intensive management efforts.

Altered water regimes Many inland waters have been significantly modified due to land use change and increased demand for water supplies.

Loss or degradation of wetlands Severe loss of wetlands has occurred on the Swan Coastal Plain and in the Wheatbelt. Unknown in other areas.

Loss or degradation of fringing and in stream Continued loss has occurred across the South West, with vegetation some localised areas of improvement. Largely known as the rangelands.

Acidification of inland waters This is an increasing problem in developed coastal areas and the Wheatbelt.

Erosion and sedimentation of inland waters Affects most inland waters where catchments and/or inland waters have been significantly modified from its natural state.

Eutrophoication An increasing number of wetlands and waterways in South West are affected. Limited progress has been made in reducing nutrient export from problem areas. Biodiversity Changing fire regimes A major problem in the Kimberley and the South West, but is receiving increased management attention.

Loss or degradation of native vegetation Improved regulations are now in place, but clearing is still occurring with population growth and economic development.

Introduced animals Large numbers of introduced animals and threats are present in WA. There has been limited success in 8 preventing incursions and eradication.

Weeds A large number of weeds are present across WA. Management action is currently inadequate.

Phytophthora dieback This disease is affecting large areas of South West bushland and is increasing in extent. No cure is available yet. Marine Degradation of marine environments High impact in developed coastal areas. The condition of most marine environments remains largely unknown.

Marine contamination Mostly limited to Cockburn Sound and some highly developed coastal areas around WA.

Introduced marine species Some introduced marine species and threats have been identified, but limited information is available. Human Settlement Settlement patterns Growing settlements, particularly in Perth and the coastal South West, are putting more pressure on the environment. Transport Western Australians are very dependant on car transport which has high energy use and emissions.

Water use There is increasing demand for water, but some evidence of improved water use efficiency and conservation. Energy use There is increasing demand for energy, with little evidence of improved energy use efficiency.

Waste generation Waste levels are increasing, but some improvement has occurred with household recycling. Heritage Loss or degradation of natural heritage There have been increased additions to the conservation estate, but some important heritage places remain unprotected. Loss or degradation of Aboriginal heritage Aboriginal heritage places are not being valued enough and some have been lost. Protection is being complicated by cultural differences.

Loss or degradation of historic heritage. Historic heritage places are not being valued enough and some have been lost.

9

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Purpose:

State of the Environment (SOE) reports are designed to communicate credible, timely and accessible information about the condition of the environment to decision makers and the community. The Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE Report 2009 focuses on the major environmental issues within the Shire, to guide the development and implementation of future environmental strategies.

The format of this report is similar to the Western Australian State of Environment Report with components of Western Australian State of Environment report copied into this report to ensure a consistent reporting process is achieved.

History:

The first Shire of Augusta-Margaret River State of Environment report was prepared by Middle in 2003. Since that time the State of Environment Report – Western Australia, 2007 has been prepared by the Environmental Protection Authority. The Governments report considers a wide range of environmental issues relevant to the Western Australia and provides essential background information on the issues discussed in the Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE Report 2009.

The Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE Report has followed this model as it is considered to provide a sound framework for reviewing future SOE reports. The Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE Report 2009 should be read in conjunction with the Governments State of Environment Report – Western Australia 2007.

Theme structure: The Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE report uses the following format for each theme (where appropriate):  Introduction: Describes natural resources and information related to this theme and explains the significance or importance of these resources to the environment, society and the economy.  Objectives: Outlines broad environmental goals relevant to the theme and the environmental values for the natural resource.  Indicators: Indicators that provide a summary measure of the progress towards meeting the objectives.  Overall condition: Summarises the general condition of the environment relevant to the theme.  Emerging or outgoing issues: An emerging issue is a minor issue with potential to be a problem in the future, or it has little current information available about it. An outgoing issue is an issue that previously appeared in the State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 1998 but is no longer considered a major environmental problem.

Issue structure:

The format for each environmental issue identified in the Shire of Augusta Margaret River SOE Report is as follows:  Key findings: Summary dot points which highlight the major findings.  Description: Describes the issue.  Objectives: Outlines the specific objectives for addressing the environmental issue. Often these statements are based on existing policy documents.  Condition: Summarises what is known about the current status and trend of the issue's impact on the environment. This section may include indicators.  Pressures: Identifies the key processes that cause the issue. This section may include indicators.  Current responses: Summarises the current major community and government actions (i.e. policy, on-ground action, strategies) that have been implemented to address the issue. This section may include indicators.  Implications: Identifies the social, environmental and economic consequences of the issue.  Suggested responses: Recommends responses (i.e. policy, on-ground action, strategies) to address the issue.

Theme 1: ATMOSPHERE

Introduction:

The atmosphere provides the air we breathe and plays a critical role in regulating global, regional and local climate and is essential to supporting life on Earth. However, the composition of the atmosphere is changing with increasing human pressure. Atmospheric pollutants can have a adverse effect on human health and the environment, and are derived from both human activity and natural processes.

Significant sources from human activity include combustion of fossil fuels and wood, motor vehicles, industrial processes, intensive agriculture, mining, land clearing and bushfires. Natural sources of pollutants include volcanic eruptions, wind erosion and bushfires.

There are several mechanisms in place to protect human and environmental health including a series of National Environmental Protection Measures (NEPM) related to ambient air quality, air toxics, data collection for the National Pollution Inventory. However, as requirements to monitor for compliance with NEPM standards only apply in areas of more than 25,000 people, many areas in Western Australia are not monitored, but the standards are still considered relevant for all human settlements in WA.

Objectives:  Protection of human health and the natural environment from atmospheric pollutants.  To contribute to the minimisation of local greenhouse gas emissions through the development and implementation of a Local Action Plan.  Air quality that is better than the minimum NEPM standards

Indicators:

Headline Indicator A1:  Compliance with National Environment Protection (Ambient Air Quality) Measure (NEPM) standards. There is currently no local monitoring of air quality being undertaken within the Shire to measure exceedences of the ambient NEPM standards.

Headline Indicator A2:  Extension of the government’s air quality monitoring program to Margaret River. Air quality monitoring is currently carried out throughout metropolitan and regional Western Australia, including Bunbury and Busselton.

Overall Condition:

Locally there are seasonal causal factors which increase particulates in air including smoke and dust. Smoke haze and particulates are generated through burning off and bushfires in the drier months and wood heaters in winter. Dust creation can be caused by land use activities and exposure of soil to wind during dry windy periods.

Individual concerns are periodically raised relating to the use of chemicals and spray drift. Localised concerns relating to spray drift are generally associated with the seasonal application of chemicals during windy conditions.

Climate change associated with greenhouse gas emissions is having an impact at the local, regional and global scale. The reliance on fossil fuels for energy supply and transport systems contributes locally to greenhouse gas emissions.

1.1 Air Quality

Key Findings:  Air quality particulate problems are experienced locally and can be attributed to bushfires, wood heaters, burning of waste and creation of dust.  Air quality monitoring in WA for public health reasons is limited and is generally undertaken as a response to public concern in the more populated urban areas of WA of more than 25,000 people.

Description: Air quality is reduced by the presence of atmospheric pollutants produced from both natural processes and human activities. Pollutant particulates can be either solid or liquid or a suspension of solid and liquid particles known as an aerosol. Natural sources include fine particulate matter mobilised by the wind. Locally, smoke and ash from bushfires, wood heaters and the burning of waste increase particulate levels in air resulting in significant haze at certain times of the year. The impact of particulates in air on health is influenced by prevailing weather conditions including wind strength and direction, and by temperature inversions which can trap the particulates.

Particulate size is the main determinant of pollutant behavior. The following categories are generally applied to particulates (Department of Environment, 2003):

 Total suspended particles (TSP) – all particles less than 50 micrometres  Inhalable particles - PM10 coarse fraction – 10 micrometres and smaller - PM2.5 fine fraction – 2.5 micrometres and smaller  Visibility-reducing particles – particles 0.1 to 2 micrometres in size (PM2) that scatter light and cause haze.

Large inert particulates generally impact on aesthetic and environmental values without associated health implications. Inhalable particulates increase the occurrence of respiratory illnesses such as asthma, bronchitis and emphysema. The smaller PM2.5 fraction is considered higher risk due to their ability to penetrate the lungs and be absorbed into the bloodstream (Department of Environmental Protection, 2000).

High volumes of vehicle traffic and poorly serviced cars through populated areas of central business districts can result in discomfort from a range of particulate matter. The regulation of vehicle emission levels is not considered in the report but the impacts of vehicle emissions could be addressed through town planning mechanisms and by encouraging the use of alternative transport and development of a bicycle and pedestrian friendly town centre. The construction of a perimeter road around the Margaret River town centre may also assist with air quality within this area (Middle 2003).

Objectives:  Minimise pollution from particulate matter.  Ensure that relevant standards are met to protect health, amenity and the environment.

Condition: Busselton Particulate Data

50 Indicator A3: Particulates. PM2.5 (ug/m3) 40 Annual PM2.5 NEPM Std Daily PM2.5 NEPM Std Limited information is available for the local area. 30 The Department of Environment and Conservation 20 undertakes air quality monitoring in Bunbury and Busselton. The Busselton station only monitors the 10

PM2.5 fine fraction whilst the Bunbury station 0 measures both PM10 coarse fraction and PM2.5 fine Oct-06 Jan-07 May-07 Aug-07 Nov-07 Mar-08 fraction particulate levels. Figure A1: Busselton particulate data

The graphs show the daily readings for the two Bunbury Particulate Data stations and the associated National Environmental Protection Measures (NEPM) that are used as 120 PM10 (ug/m3) standards. The daily standards allow for up to 5 100 PM2.5 (ug/m3) exceedences per year. The annual average Annual PM2.5 NEPM Std Daily PM2.5 NEPM Std 3 80 standard for the PM2.5 fine fraction is 8 ug/m . The Daily PM10 NEPM Std averages for Busselton where calculated at 6.9 60 ug/m3 in 2006, 7.4 ug/m3 in 2007 and 7.7 ug/m3 in 2008, however only 2007 had a full year of data 40 (Department of Environment and Conservation, 2008). 20

0 Jan-06 Jul-06 Feb-07 Aug-07 Mar-08

Figure A2: Bunbury particulate data Pressures: There is a significant reliance on wood heaters as the primary heating mechanism for homes in the area. However, wood heaters operated with green wood or under low oxygen conditions can release particulates and significantly impact air quality. The severity of air pollution from burning off is influenced by prevailing weather conditions. As prescribed burning to reduce fuel loads within forested areas is carried out during spring and autumn and over a number of days, impacts on air quality can become prevalent as the prevailing winds become unfavourable and move smoke from the burns into populated area. Land use practises that result in large areas of exposed, loose soil can produce significant amounts of dust particularly during dry and windy conditions. Spray drift from vineyards or agricultural properties can occur when chemical are applied during windy conditions. Spray drift management is a greater issue on smaller holdings where adequate separation and buffers are not available.

Current Responses:

Dust suppression: The Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) has a rating procedure in place to determine dust suppression requirements for development sites. Large scale earthworks projects are required to address dust management issues and generally employ water trucks to wet down problem areas, particularly during dry, windy conditions. Where contractors are not effectively managing dust issues immediate action can be taken through offence provisions of the Environmental Protection Act.

Burning off: The Fire and Emergency Services Association together with the Department of Environment and Conservation have developed a set of guidelines for undertaking prescribed burns. The associated training and accreditation program provides fire control officers with the knowledge and skills to make informed decisions about the timing prescribed burns to minimise smoke impacts on populated areas.

Halt the Haze: The Department of Environment and Conservation runs a community education program to encourage the effective use of wood heaters to minimise pollution. The key concepts include burning only dry, seasoned timber, keeping the fire burning brightly and not starving the fire of oxygen.

Code of practice for the use of agricultural and veterinary chemicals: The Department of Agriculture and Food has developed a code of practice to guide landholders in the safe and effective use of chemicals (Department of Agriculture, 2007).

13 Implications: A number of health effects are associated with particulates depending on the nature of the pollutant. For example prolonged exposure to smoke from bushfires can aggravate breathing problems while very fine particulates may enter the blood stream and affect the cardiovascular system. Wood heaters are a likely cause of particulate matter in air especially during winter. The alternatives to wood heating are solar, gas and electricity which are being incorporated into new developments. However, the cost to retrofit low emission heating into exiting homes may be a barrier to improving air quality within older established urban areas. The current responses are inadequate for determining local air quality and the impacts of particulates on health. A better understanding of air quality through the implementation of a local air quality monitoring program will assist to alert the community to air quality issues and to guide future responses to better manage activities that are likely to impact negatively on air quality. Actions:

1.1. Request the DEC to extend the state air quality monitoring programme to Margaret River to monitor against NEPM standards the impact on air quality from prescribed burns and winter wood heaters. This Base line data to be recorded by the Shire as a measure for future State of Environment reports.

1.2. Promote efficient use of wood fires to reduce smoke emissions within the urban environment. (environmental health)

1.3. Promote and regulate industry performance standards for the management and minimization of impacts on air quality from activities that may create smoke, dust and spray drift.

1.4. Develop and implement an education program to inform the community of the procedures for disposal of materials which may become offensive and a risk to health and the environment when disposed of by burning e.g. copper pine logs (environmental health).

1.5. Develop a Community education program to encourage low emission fuels as a domestic and commercial energy source.

1.6. Support the development of the perimeter road to keep heavy traffic out of the CBD in order to improve air quality in the Margaret River town centre.

1.2 Green House Gas Emissions

Key Findings:  Atmospheric greenhouse gas levels are increasing at a faster rate then any other time in recorded history and are a major contributor to global climate change.

Description:

The greenhouse effect is a natural process that moderates the climate to create the relatively warm, habitable environment on Earth. Incoming solar radiation is largely absorbed by the Earth, warming the land, oceans and atmosphere and driving life on the planet. About 30%, however, is reflected off the earths surface, clouds and particulates. A proportion of this reflected radiation is absorbed by greenhouse gases (including carbon dioxide, water vapour, methane, ozone, nitrous oxide and halocarbons) in the atmosphere, effectively trapping heat (Bureau of Meteorology, 2003). The amount of heat that is trapped is directly affected by the concentration of greenhouse gases (EPA, 2007).

Human activities are contributing to the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere through fossil fuel extraction and combustion, widespread land clearing, and agricultural activities, which is impacting on the Earth's climate. Since the start of the industrial era climates have changed on global and regional scales with global increases in average air and ocean temperatures, rising sea level and substantial snow and ice melts (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2007). 14 It is estimated that a 60% reduction in emissions is required by 2050 to stabilise atmospheric concentrations (Coleman et al., 2004). However, even if atmospheric concentrations are stabilised, global warming and sea level rise will continue for several centuries (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2007). The 1997 Kyoto Protocol set a target for Australia stabilising greenhouse gas emissions at 108% of 1990 levels between 2008 and 2012. In 2005 national greenhouse gas emissions were at 102.2% of 1990 levels (Australian Greenhouse Office, 2007).

Objectives:  To reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Condition: Indicator A4: Greenhouse Gas Emission Levels. An inventory was compiled in February 2009, to provide an estimate of green house gas emissions for Shire activities (Corporate) and for the wider community. The development of the inventory completes milestone one (1) of the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives – Cities for Climate Protection Program (CCP). There are currently 230 local governments participating in the CCP across Australia representing 84% of the total Australian population.

Under the CCP all energy use is identified and equated into a common measure of eCO2. This is a measure of equivalent Carbon Dioxide produced from each energy source, calculated in tonnes of eCO2. The Corporate Base year 2007, green house gas emissions has been calculated at 3343 tonnes of eCO2. The Community Base year 2006, green house gas emissions has been calculated at 192,020 tonnes of eCO2.

Figure A3 indicates the percentage of corporate emissions generated from each sector during the 2006 -2007 financial year. Figure A3 shows that within the Corporate Sector the greatest contributor to greenhouse gases from Shire operations are Buildings (67%) followed by Vehicle Fleet (24%), Waste (16%), Streetlights (15 %), Employee Commute (2%) and Water (0%). Figure A3 below demonstrates the breakdown of corporate emissions for all Council sectors.

Figure A3: AMRSC Corporate Emissions by Sector

Water 0% Commute 2% Waste 16% Buildings 44% Buildings Streetlights Vehicle Fleet Waste Water

Vehicle Fleet Streetlights Commute 24% 14%

Figure A4 illustrates the breakdown of corporate emissions by source; clearly illustrating that electricity consumption is the primary source of corporate greenhouse gas emissions.

15 Figure A4: Corporate Emissions by Source

Plant Food 1% Paper 2% Wood/Textiles Electricity 12% 1% Gas

Unleaded

Diesel

Paper

Fd Electricity 56% Diesel Gas Unleaded 22% 1% Community 5% Emissions Analysis: The community emissions analysis was considered under five main sectors:  Residential – emissions resulting from household energy use (electricity, natural gas and LPG)  Commercial – emissions resulting from commercial energy use (electricity, natural gas and LPG)  Industrial – emissions resulting from energy use (electricity, natural gas, LPG, diesel, kerosene & coal)  Transport – emissions resulting from energy use (unleaded and leaded petrol, diesel, LPG and CNG)  Waste – emissions resulting from the breakdown of organic waste in landfills originating from the community (organic waste breaks down to produce methane)

Figure A5: AMRSC Community emissions by sector

Waste 10% Residential Transport 15% 24%

Commercial 13%

Residential Commercial Industrial Industrial Transport 38% Waste

Figure A5 indicates the percentage of Community emissions generated from each sector with the greatest emissions occurring in the Residential sector, followed by Transport, Commercial, Industrial and Waste.

16 Pressures: Australians generate more greenhouse gas emissions per capita than any other country, including the United States of America (Turton, 2004). On top of this, Western Australians consistently generate considerably more than the Australian average (EPA, 2007). A heavy reliance on fossil fuels for energy, continued land clearing and conventional forms of agriculture are placing considerable pressure on the environment. Overcoming the general reluctance to significantly modify current lifestyles presents a major challenge in addressing human induced climate change. Current Responses: Local government: the 'Cities for Climate Protection' is an international organisation that has been established to help local governments integrate greenhouse gas mitigation strategies into their decision-making processes. Implications: A significant shift towards more sustainable lifestyles and practices will be required to avoid significant repercussions for the environment, society and economy. Actively reversing some of the damage through carbon sequestration may also be required to address some of the impacts already being felt.

Actions :

1.7 Continue to Participate in the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) Cities for Climate Protection Program.

1.8 Develop and adopt emission targets and a Local Energy Action Plan towards achieving a carbon neutral Shire. The Local Energy Action Plan should address the following suggested responses :

Suggested responses

1.9 Encourage individuals within the community to become involved in the monitoring and reduction of Green House gas emissions by actively promoting the use of Greenhouse gas emission calculation tools and emission reduction measures.

1.10 Support land management techniques that increase soil carbon stores and offset carbon emissions through sequestration measures including the retention and protection of native vegetation.

1.11 Develop and promote low emission transport systems to connect communities within the Shire and the region including public transport, walking, cycling and car pooling.

1.12 Review the Councils pathways plan to incorporate all major settlements. Plan to include education and encouragement strategies, review bike storage facilities and list cycle way projects as priorities for implementation.

1.13 Maximise external funding and developer contributions for the path network and recreational trails and Include dual use paths into new development proposals that link to path networks.

1.14 Lobby for an express bus service to Perth from Busselton - Margaret River to reduce travel time and improve public transport options for the community.

17

Theme 2: BIODIVERSITY

2.1 Biodiversity

Key Findings  The Shire of Augusta Margaret River is a component of an internationally recognised ‘Biodiversity Hotspot’ identified in the south-west of Western Australia, one of only 34 hotspots of biodiversity worldwide and the only listed for Australia.  The Shire incorporates Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities, threatened vegetation types and habitat for a broad range of significant species including 69 Declared Rare or Priority flora species and 43 Threatened fauna species. A number of species are endemic (occur nowhere else) to the Shire, for example the Margaret River hairy marron and burrowing crayfish, white- bellied frog and Leeuwin Snail.  Biodiversity in the Shire of Augusta-Margaret River is threatened by numerous processes, particularly clearing and fragmentation of natural vegetation and altered fire regimes.  Despite significant efforts, environmental weeds still impact large areas of important bushland and threaten biodiversity values in all but the best bushland.  Introduced feral animals threaten biodiversity including many threatened species and on-going efforts are required, particularly with respect to aquatic ferals (new introductions have recently been recorded and many species have the potential to expand their range significantly).  Significant threats exist and are emerging in the realms of plant diseases (phytophthora dieback and a range of tree decline issues particularly Marri, Peppermint and Flooded Gum decline).  Climate Change brings a number of challenges for our local biodiversity including predicted drying and warming and the prospect of increased fire risks, new feral animals and weed species threats.

Introduction:

Biodiversity or biological diversity refers to the variety of all life forms — plants, animals, fungi, micro- organisms — and the genes that they contain, and the ecosystems of which they form a part, and includes terrestrial, aquatic, marine and subterranean systems.

Pressure for resources has resulted in a substantial and largely irreversible loss in global biodiversity. To conserve the components of biodiversity it is necessary to identify, maintain and manage whole ecosystems, their processes, and communities. Biodiversity conservation is now a community expectation in light of growing awareness of environmental issues, acknowledgement of collective responsibility for biodiversity conservation, an opportunity to protect the quality of life of local communities and the wellbeing of future generations.

All species provide some kind of function to an ecosystem and there is a complex interconnectedness within and between biodiversity and the environment. They can capture and store energy, produce or decompose organic material, cycle water and nutrients, control erosion or pests, fix atmospheric gases and contribute to regulation of climate.

Ecosystems also provide various support for production including soil fertility, pollinators, predators and decomposers of wastes, and services such as purification of the air and water, stabilisation or moderation of climate and decreases in the likelihood of flooding, drought and other environmental disasters. Beyond the commodity value and non-consumable worth of biodiversity are its aesthetic beauty and its fundamental contribution to lifestyle, inspiration, sense of place and national identity.

There is also the argument that humans have a stewardship responsibility to care for and conserve other life forms and the processes that support them, and the ethical notion that all living organisms have a right to exist. They deserve and warrant respect, whether or not they are of immediate benefit to humans. There is also the consideration of intergenerational equity that the present generation should ensure that the health, diversity, and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for the benefit of future generations.

The south-west of Western Australia is internationally recognised as one of 34 global hotspots of biodiversity — the only listed for Australia. The Busselton–Augusta region has also been independently identified as one of 15 national biodiversity hotspots within Australia. Biodiversity hotspots are designated to acknowledge the exceptional concentration diversity and endemism (that occur nowhere else) of species in these areas, but just as importantly, to highlight the threats to this biodiversity as a result of the significant loss of habitat in these areas.

The Shire lies within the South West’s botanical province which supports an estimated 8000 taxa of vascular plants, representing two thirds of the estimated plant taxa in Western Australia (Hopper et al. in EPA 2007; Beard et al. 2000). Over 80% of the plant taxa in the South West are endemic to the province (Beard et al. 2000), that is, they are not found anywhere else.

The Shire municipal area straddles two IBRA (Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation of Australia) regions:

1. Southern Jarrah Forest Region: In the north-eastern portion of the Shire, this represents part of the Yilgarn Craton where weathering has lead to the development of a hardened layer of sediments on the plateau. Within the Shire, the vegetation of this region generally comprises jarrah-marri forest on areas of laterite gravels. Sediments derived from weathering and carried by water have allowed the development of peppermint shrublands. Jarrah forests also occur interspersed with species rich shrublands (Molloy et al 2007).

2. Warren Region: In the western and southern portions of the Shire, this includes several geological formations which have been dissected to form an undulating landscape. Karri is found on loamy soils and jarrah-marri forest is found predominantly on sand/laterite soils. Peppermint and banksia woodlands and heaths are found on marine dunes of Holocene age. Low jarrah woodlands as well as paperbark and sedge swamps are found in leached sandy soils in depressions and plains (Molloy et al 2007).

Biodiversity values within the Shire include:  6 Threatened Ecological Communities;  4 Priority Ecological Communities;  59 Vegetation complexes including a significant number which are threatened;  69 Declared Rare and Priority Flora species;  28 Declared Threatened Fauna species; and  15 Priority Fauna species.

Objectives:  To improve understanding, knowledge and appreciation of the Shire’s biodiversity values.  To eliminate, reduce or contain the key threatening processes to biodiversity.  Conserve comprehensive, adequate and representative biodiversity at the genetic, species and ecosystem scale.  To develop and maintain a system of effective, resilient linkages and habitat corridors throughout the landscape.  To improve community, government and industry capacity and collaboration to understand, manage and protect biodiversity.

Indicators:

Headline Indicator B1: Total extent of native vegetation remaining. The original (pre-European) extent of vegetation within the Shire was estimated at 222,851 hectares (ha). Approximately 152,374 ha (68% of the pre-European extent) of native vegetation remains in the Shire (Molloy etal 2007). The majority of this consists primarily of large contiguous areas of State Forest, National Park and conservation reserve and is located in the eastern portion of the Shire. A number of linkages exist between these eastern areas and the Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park and coast.

Approximately 43,796ha of the remaining native vegetation (29%) lies within DEC conservation reserves and an additional 67,510ha (44.3%) is made up of State Forest (Molloy et al 2007). Less than 15% of remaining native vegetation occurs on private land and some of these remnants may be highly degraded through grazing, inappropriate burning regimes, phytophthora dieback and timber extraction.

19 Headline Indicator B2: Percentage of vegetation complexes that meet the 15% reservation targets. A benchmark of 15% reservation of each forest ecosystem as the target for protection within the formal reserve system on a regional basis has been established under The Nationally Agreed Criteria for the Establishment of a Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative Reserve System (JANIS 1997). This has since been expanded to include other ecosystems in addition to forests (EPA 2007).

Appendix 2 details the remaining extent and reservation of vegetation complexes that occur within the region (Note: the data presented in appendix 1 is regional data based on the pre-european and current distribution of the vegetation complexes and not just where they occur within the Shire municipal boundary). The data identifies 36 Vegetation Complexes (65%) as meeting the 15% reservation benchmark.

Headline Indicator B3: Percentage of vegetation complexes that meet the 30% (40%) retention targets. The National Objectives and Targets for Biodiversity Conservation 2001-2005 (Commonwealth of Australia, 2001) identifies a minimum threshold level of 30% retention of the pre-clearing extent for each vegetation community, below which the loss of species and failure of ecosystem processes increase.

The percentages of vegetation complexes remaining, as presented by current data are generally considered to over estimate the on-ground situation due to the fact that the native vegetation mapping is derived:  from dated aerial photography (in this case 2003 and 2000 aerial photography); and  with limited ground truthing (that would allow differentiation between true remnant vegetation versus native vegetation that is parkland cleared or has a highly degraded understorey and exotic vegetation).

In order to take this over-representation into account, vegetation complexes with 40% or less remaining of the pre-clearing extent are often identified as significant and adopted as priorities (Jodie Wood, South West Biodiversity Project, pers comm. June 2008).

Nine vegetation complexes (representing 18% of total complexes), occurring within the Shire fail to meet the 40% retention target and three (5%) fail to meet the 30% retention threshold. Those complexes not meeting the 40% criteria are highlighted in Table B1.

Table B1: Priority Vegetation Complexes not meeting the accepted retention targets Vegetation Vegetation Class Original (Pre- Remaining Extent Complex European) Extent (ha) (ha) % Cowaramup C1 18968 6923 37% Cowaramup C2 13683 4889 36% Cowaramup Cw1 6172 1718 28% Cowaramup Cw2 6652 1516 23% D’Entrecasteaux D 563 220 39% Glenarty Hills Hw 2749 992 36% Scott Swi 1650 379 23% Treeton Tw 8723 3059 35% Wilyabrup W2 4101 1407 34% Wilyabrup Ww2 1328 519 39% (Source SWBP 2007)

Headline Indicator B4: Number and status of threatened species and threatened ecological communities. The Shire contains:  6 Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs) and Priority Ecological Communities (PECs) (refer to Table B2);  13 species of declared rare flora (refer to Table B3);  56 species of priority flora (refer to Table B3);  27 species of threatened fauna* (refer to table B4); and  15 species of priority fauna species*(refer to Table B4).

20

Table B2: Threatened Ecological Communities and Priority Ecological Communities found within the Shire of Augusta-Margaret River Community Community Name Category of Category Identifier threat/condition under EPBC status/Priority Act 1999 Threatened Ecological Communities Augusta – Rimstone Pools and Cave Structures EN B)ii) microbial Formed by Microbial Activity on Marine Shorelines Scott Ironstone Scott River Ironstone Association EN B)i) EN B)ii) Caves Aquatic Root Mat Community Number 1 CR B)i) EN Leeuwin01 of Caves of the Leeuwin Naturaliste CR B)ii) Ridge Caves Aquatic Root Mat Community Number 2 CR B)i) EN Leeuwin02 of Caves of the Leeuwin Naturaliste CR B)ii) Ridge Caves Aquatic Root Mat Community Number 3 CR B)i) EN Leeuwin03 of Caves of the Leeuwin Naturaliste CR B)ii) Ridge Caves Aquatic Root Mat Community Number 4 CR B)i) EN Leeuwin04 of Caves of the Leeuwin Naturaliste CR B)ii) Ridge Priority Ecological Communities Reedia Swamps Reedia spathacea – Empodisma Priority 1 –Blackwood gracillimum – Sporadanthus rivularis Plateau dominated floodplains and paluslopes of the Blackwood Plateau.

Sedgelands of Tall closed sedgeland on shallow soils Priority 1 the Cape derived from granite gneiss on the Leeuwin Spring Leeuwin Naturalist Ridge

Low Shrublands Low shrublands on acidic grey-brown Priority 2 (Gracetown) sands of the Gracetown soil – landscape system.

Melaleuca Low closed forest to closed forest of Priority 2 lanceolata Melaleuca lanceolata (Moonah) forests forests, Leeuwin occurring near the coastline of the Naturalist Ridge Leeuwin Naturalist Ridge.

(Source CALM 2004(a); CALM (2006)) Refer Appendix 3 for details on ‘category of threat, condition, status and priority

21

Table B3: Threatened Flora known to occur within the Shire Cons.* Cons.* Species Name Code Species Name Code Banksia nivea subsp. uliginosa R Chordifex gracilior 3 Boronia exilis R Chorizema reticulatum 3 Caladenia excelsa R Conospermum paniculatum 3 Darwinia ferricola R Cyathochaeta stipoides 3 Daviesia elongata subsp. elongata R Cyathochaeta teretifolia 3 Drakaea micrantha R Galium migrans 3 Grevillea brachystylis subsp. australis R Gastrolobium formosum 3 Kennedia macrophylla R Grevillea brachystylis subsp. brachystylis 3 Lambertia orbifolia subsp. Scott River Plains(L.W.Sage 684) R Grevillea papillosa 3 Meziella trifida R Hakea tuberculata 3 Reedia spathacea R Isopogon formosus subsp. dasylepis 3 Verticordia plumosa var. vassensis R Lepyrodia heleocharoides 3 Leptomeria dielsiana X Loxocarya magna 3 Conospermum caeruleum subsp. contortum 1 Meeboldina thysanantha 3 Philydrella pygmaea subsp. minima 1 Pultenaea pinifolia 3 Synaphea macrophylla 1 Sphenotoma parviflora 3 Synaphea nexosa 1 Stylidium barleei 3 Acacia subracemosa 2 Stylidium leeuwinense 3 Amperea micrantha 2 Thomasia laxiflora 3 Caladenia abbreviata 2 Acacia flagelliformis 4 Calothamnus sp.Scott River(R.D.Royce 84) 2 Acacia tayloriana 4 Conospermum quadripetalum 2 Adenanthos detmoldii 4 Grevillea manglesioides subsp. ferricola 2 Anthotium junciforme 4 Hemiandra australis 2 Astroloma sp.Nannup(R.D.Royce 3978) 4 Leptomeria furtiva 2 Banksia meisneri subsp. ascendens 4 Schoenus loliaceus 2 Banksia sessilis var. cordata 4 Trichocline sp. Treeton (B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 564) 2 Chamelaucium erythrochlorum 4 Acacia inops 3 Chordifex isomorphus 4 Acacia lateriticola glabrous variant(B.R.Maslin 6765) 3 Eucalyptus calcicola subsp. calcicola 4 Acacia semitrullata 3 Lambertia rariflora subsp. rariflora 4 Actinotus sp.Walpole(J.R.Wheeler 3786) 3 Melaleuca basicephala 4 Amperea protensa 3 Tripterococcus brachylobus 4 Aotus cordifolia 3 Tyrbastes glaucescens 4 Blennospora doliiformis 3 Verticordia lehmannii 4 Bossiaea disticha 3 Data Source: DEC Threatened Flora Database 2008 *Conservation codes R:Declared Rare Flora X: Declared Rare Flora (Presumed Extinct) 1: Priority one (Poorly Known taxa) 2: Priority two (Poorly Known taxa) 3: Priority three (Poorly Known taxa) 4: Priority four (Rare taxa)

Table B4: Threatened and Priority Fauna likely or known to have occured within the Shire within modern times (post 1900) (DEC 2008) Species Common Name Status Bettongia penicillata ogilbyi Woylie Schedule 1 Fauna Dasyurus geoffroii Chuditch Schedule 1 Fauna Macrotis lagotis Bilby Schedule 1 Fauna Phascogale tapoatafu ssp (WAM Brush-tailed Phascogale, Schedule 1 Fauna M434) Wambenger Pseudocheirus occidentalis Western Ringtail Possum Schedule 1 Fauna Setonix brachyurus Quokka Schedule 1 Fauna Eubalaena australis Southern Right Whale Schedule 1 Fauna Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback Whale Schedule 1 Fauna Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross Schedule 1 Fauna Cereopsis novaehollandiae Recherche Cape Barren Goose Schedule 1 Fauna grisea Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl Schedule 1 Fauna Calyptorhynchus banksii naso Forest Red-tailed Black- Schedule 1 Fauna Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baundin’s Black Cockatoo Schedule 1 Fauna Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo Schedule 1 Fauna Pezoporus wallicus flaviventrus Western Ground Parrot Schedule 1 Fauna Atrichornis clamosus Noisy Scrub-bird Schedule 1 Fauna Psophodes nigrogularis Western Whipbird (Western Schedule 1 Fauna nigrogularis Heath subsp) Caretta caretta Loggerhead turtle Schedule 1 Fauna Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle Schedule 1 Fauna Geocrinia alba White-bellied Frog Schedule 1 Fauna Geocrinia vitellina Orange-bellied Frog Schedule 1 Fauna Galaxiella munda Western Mud Minnow Schedule 1 Fauna Nannatherina balstoni Balston’s Pygmy Perch Schedule 1 Fauna Austroassiminea letha Cape Leeuwin Freshwater Snail Schedule 1 Fauna Cherax tenuimanus** Margaret River Marron Schedule 1 Fauna Engaewa pseudoreducta Margaret River Burrowing Schedule 1 Fauna Crayfish Moggridgea tingle Tingle Trapdoor Spider Schedule 1 Fauna Arctocephalus forsteri New Zealand Fur Seal Geotria australis Pouched Lamprey P1 Kawaniphila pachomai (A cricket) P1 Trochosternus relictus (A beetle) P1 Ixobrychus flavicollis australis Black Bittern P3 Tyto novaehollandiae Masked Owl (SW ssp) P3 novaehollandiae Galaxiella nigrostriata Black-stripe Minnow P3 Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby P4 Falsistrellus mackenziei Western False Pipistrelle P4 Hydromys chrysogaster Water-rat, Rakali P4 Physeter macrocephalus Sperm Whale P4 Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover P4 Falcunculus frontatus Crested Shirke-tit (SW ssp) P4 leucogaster Morelia spilota imbricata Carpet Python P4 Isoodon obesulus fusciventer Quenda P5 *It should be noted that many of these species have not been recorded within the Shire for many years and others although still recorded within the Shire, are locally extinct for many areas or are in very low numbers. **The scientific names for the two species of marron are currently under review.

Actions:

2.1 Develop community education programmes and actively promote the biodiversity significance of the Shire and its threatened species and communities through media, signage and educational programs and promotional events involving relevant government agencies including DEC, NRM groups and the Margaret River tourism industry.

2.2 Indentify and map natural areas and biodiversity conservation targets within the Shire to assist future planning and development of the Shire and region.

2.3 Update existing vegetation complex mapping and retention data utilising the latest aerial photography and ground truthing in order to establish a reliable and accurate baseline of both vegetation cover and condition throughout the Shire.

2.4 Actively promote conservation and protection of natural areas and biodiversity in the Shire and region.

2.5 Develop an incentive strategy to promote the voluntary conservation and protection of natural areas and biodiversity on private land.

2.6 Assess conservation values of Shire Reserves and prioritise for management. Develop management plans for high priority reserves.

2.7 Train Shire staff to utilise the “Environmental Planning tool” developed through the South West and Perth Biodiversity project which indentifoes and maps areas of biodiversity significance within the Shire. The tool can be used to provide and initial desktop assessment of the land to assist with future planning by identifying areas of high natural value.

Emerging issues – climate change: The potential impacts on biodiversity of human induced climate change is gradually being recognized around the world and around Australia (CALM 2004a). The South West of WA is no exception, in fact it has already experienced a temperature increase of 0.7 degrees over the last 50 years and a decrease in rainfall of 10-20% over the past 28 years (IOCI 2002). The impacts of climate change on biodiversity will vary around the world but is generally expected to result in the “displacement of some species… (and in others) changes in their distribution and abundance” (CALM 2004a). Within the region, continued drying (up to 60% declines in rainfall by 2070) and warming beyond which has already been experienced is predicted by the Indian Ocean Climate Initiative (IOCI 2002). Such changes have the potential to dramatically impact on biodiversity particularly when coupled with the challenges already affecting bushland, such as fragmentation and changed hydrological regimes (which in turn are likely to compound impacts from climate change and prevent adaptation). Verstegen (in EPA 2007) reports that habitat loss may be dramatic under only relatively small changes in temperature. Additional pressures associated with climate change include new and varied threats from weeds and feral animals, and changing fire scenarios. Again, landscape connectivity and effective functioning corridors within the landscape will become critical in order to provide for the adaptation and migration required by our flora and fauna. The majority of work associated with climate change is at broad national and international scales and more work is required to identify specific impacts and management options relevant to the South West and the Shire. As such a broad ranging issue it has been addressed as an independent theme in Atmosphere section.

Emerging issues – changing fire regimes: Fire represents an important aspect of the South West landscape and plays a significant role in shaping and maintaining vegetation structure, diversity and faunal assemblages (EPA 2007). The ‘natural’ fire

24 regime has changed significantly over time and in particular following the arrival of humans in the area (at least 50,000 years ago) and once again following the settlement of Europeans in the area. Changed fire regimes have the potential to significantly impact native vegetation and over time even modify or transform ecosystems. Too frequent burning leads to a loss of biodiversity through inadequate recovery and reproduction times for many plants and animals. Too infrequent burning can limit regeneration and the germination of many native seeds reliant on fire triggers. Other factors such as the seasonality of burning (autumn versus spring burns), the intensity of burning and the scale of burning all shape the impact of fire on biodiversity. Burning regimes often end up being driven by a number of factors including the protection of people and property, weather conditions/ burning opportunities, biodiversity requirements and wildfire and arson events. Important research is occurring into the issue including studies by DEC on the impact of burning regimes on flora and fauna species richness and composition in Southern Jarrah Forest and Karri forest within the Capes. More research is required in order to generate and disseminate guidelines for burning to protect biodiversity, specific to the range of vegetation types within the Shire.

2.2 Native Vegetation and Natural Areas

Key Findings:  Loss and degradation of vegetation continues to impact on the biodiversity within the Shire.  More accurate and consolidated data is required in order to monitor the condition, status and loss of vegetation within the Shire.

Description: Globally, the loss of habitat area through clearing is currently the primary cause of declines in species and populations (Millennium Ecosystem Assessment 2005, cited in EPA 2007). In WA the historical and continuing removal of vegetation both through clearing and a raft of degrading forces is recognised as a major threat to biodiversity (EPA 2007).

In addition to the direct loss of habitat resulting from clearing and degradation of native vegetation, clearing also results in the fragmentation of the landscape meaning that remaining habitat is less viable as it is often isolated within small or unconnected remnants.

A strong development culture and agricultural expansion were considered the primary driver of clearing in the South West between 1945 and 1982 (Commonwealth of Australia, 2000). More recently, urban development, regional mining operations and expanding wine and plantation industries have been associated with pockets of native vegetation clearing (EPA 2007).

The Environmental Protection Act 1986 is the primary instrument for the regulation of native vegetation clearing statewide. Locally the Shire administers a number of planning provisions regulating clearing of native vegetation.

Objectives:  To conserve natural areas within the Shire of Augusta Margaret River.  To retain and protect vegetation complexes within the Shire of Augusta Margaret River.  To minimise the impacts of native vegetation loss and degradation.  To maintain and improve key corridor linkages through the landscape.

Condition:

Indicator B5: Ecological linkages - natural area connectivity. A Natural area is any physical area that contains native species or communities in a relatively natural state and hence contains biodiversity. Natural areas include areas of native vegetation, vegetated or open water bodies (lakes, swamps), or waterways (rivers, streams, creeks), estuaries, springs, rock outcrops, bare ground (generally sand or mud), caves, coastal dunes or cliffs.

25 Ecological linkages are a series of (both contiguous and non-contiguous) natural areas that, within a landscape context, connect larger natural areas by forming stepping stones of habitat that allow the movement of organisms and genetic material between these larger natural areas.

The current extent and condition of native vegetation in south-western Western Australia has resulted in a landscape which is fragmented to such an extent that a substantial loss of native species is already occurring. It is also probable that climate change, particularly the dramatic reduction in rainfall expected in the South West, will exacerbate these impacts. Therefore, in conjunction with careful management, the retention and restoration of well-planned and managed ecological linkages will be important to the survival of remaining species, even in large, consolidated and regionally significant natural areas.

The Shire is well situated relative to other areas in the South West with large contiguous blocks of vegetation along the coast (associated with the Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park) and in the east (associated with National Parks, State Forest and conservation reserves). Native vegetation between these two blocks is however, highly fragmented with much of the land cleared for agricultural production.

The Shire of Augusta Margaret River Biodiversity Conservation Strategy: A Discussion Paper (2005) identifies six broad corridor linkages through the landscape:

1. ‘Leeuwin-Naturaliste’ corridor Running north-south along the Leeuwin-Naturaliste ridge, composed for the most part by the Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, linking reserve areas along the west coast of the Shire.

2. 'Margaret River' corridor: Running in an east-west direction, linking the Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park on the coast with Bramley National Park to the east surrounding the Margaret River townsite; and Bramley National Park with the areas of State Forest to the east. The linkages run partially through freehold properties.

3. ‘Witchcliffe’ corridor: Running in a north-west to south-east direction, linking the southern sections of Bramley National Park with a central block of State forest and proposed National Park, and this area to State Forest to the south-east.

4. ‘Forest Grove’ corridor: Running in an east-west direction, linking the Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park with the proposed Forest Grove National Park, and this area with unnamed National Park, the proposed Blackwood National Park and State Forest to the east.

5. ‘Blackwood’ corridor: Running north-south. situated along the western bank of the Blackwood River linking unnamed National Park in the north with reserves to the south along the Blackwood River. The linkages run through freehold properties.

6. ‘Scott coast’ corridor: Composed largely of freehold properties and running east-west along the southern coastline linking coastal areas of the Shire of Augusta Margaret River (including Scott National Park) with coastal areas within the Shire of Nannup including Gingilup Nature Reserve and D’Entrecasteux National Park. This linkage is predominantly freehold property with a foreshore reserve along the coast. Pressures: An increasing population and demands for urban development and expansion provide the potential for continued loss and degradation of native vegetation, particularly in areas adjacent to or already zoned urban and designated development investigation areas. Additionally the wine industry has been expanding at a rapid rate in recent years with a 30% increase in the area planted in the 4 years between 2002 and 2006 (Wine Industry Association website viewed 10 June 2008).

26 Current Responses:

State legislation and policy: The main legislation governing the clearance of native vegetation is the Environmental Protection Act 1986. One section of the Act deals specifically with the clearing of native vegetation. The legislation is supported by the Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native Vegetation) Regulations 2004, which require most clearing proposals (a number of exemptions apply) to be assessed and acquire a permit through the Department of Environment and Conservation.

A State Auditor Generals report on Native Vegetation Clearing in Western Australia was released in September 2007 which noted that although the process for granting native vegetation clearing permits is supported by a strong and comprehensive system, there has not been meaningful testing to determine compliance with application decisions, the amount of illegal clearing in WA is unknown, and there has been inconsistent and limited follow-up of complaints across the regions related to potential illegal clearing. The Planning and Development Act 2005 can also be applied to protect native vegetation.

Planning provisions/policies: The Shire and WAPC/DPI administer a number of planning provisions and policies aimed at minimising the impact of development within the Shire on native vegetation. These include the State Planning Strategy, State Planning Policy No. 2 Environment and Natural Resources Policy, Statement of Planning Policy No 6.1 Leeuwin-Naturaliste Ridge Policy, EPA Guidance Statement No 33 Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development, and the Local Planning Strategy and Scheme.

Community revegetation and regeneration: Many landholders and community groups are actively striving to improve the quality and extent of bushland on their own property and voluntarily undertaking regeneration and revegetation activities. Groups such as the Cape to Cape Catchments Group and the Lower Blackwood LCDC actively support this work through technical advice, workshops and funding contributions towards plants, materials and weed control.

27 Actions:

2.8 Identify and assess native vegetation within the Shire to determine both the cover and condition status of remaining vegetation by accurately mapping and on ground assessment.

2.9 Review the Shire’s visual management strategy to ensure it adequately Identifies mechanisms and incentives to protect high conservation and rural landscape value of natural areas on private land.

2.10 Identify mechanisms to protect, restore and manage roadside vegetation in partnership with the Roadside Conservation committee and support the initiatives of the Community Urban Streetscape Project (CUSP) by adopting a sustainable streetscape policy and or guidelines.

2.11 Develop partnerships with community groups for the establishment of community nurseries and encourage the propagation of endemic native vegetation species and promote the recycling and transplanting of native plants.

2.12 Work proactively with community friends groups and the fire management officer to prepare management plans for priority council reserves to address threatening process, including weeds, access and to ensure that fire regimes and fire management provisions incorporate the conservation of biodiversity values.

2.13 Work proactively with community groups and individuals undertaking bushland management activities and provide incentives for the establishment of ‘Friends Groups’ and other reserve based community groups such as training opportunities, social networking and rewards such as BBQ’s.

2.14 Work cooperatively with DEC to develop and implement an education program to inform the community of the requirements relating to clearing of native vegetation.

2.15 Work in partnership with the Cape to Cape catchments group, DEC, South West Biodiversity project and Gondwana link to develop a strategy for the protection and augmentation of regional environmental corridors/linkages between areas of National Park and other important reserve areas.

2.16 Investigate opportunities for vacant crown land to be incorporated within regional ecological linkages.

2.3 Feral or introduced animal species.

Key Findings:  Aquatic pest species such as yabbies, mosquito fish and goldfish/ carp have the potential to expand their distribution within the Shire significantly and have a large impact on aquatic biodiversity.  A large number of significant pest species are not yet within the Shire but are expanding their range within the South West and WA and would be expected to have significant impacts if they reached the Shire, including rainbow lorikeets, starlings and sulphur crested cockatoos.

Description Feral or introduced animal species come in all forms with varied and widespread impacts. Feral predators such as foxes (Vulpes vulpes) and cats (Felis catus) prey upon native species, potentially causing regional extinctions and seriously threatening the survival of others (Molloy et al 2007). Other species such as rabbits and pigs consume and damage vegetation and soil structure and prevent regeneration. European honey bees invade tree hollows denying critical habitat to native birds and mammals (Low 2001). Introduced fish and crustacea have the potential to outcompete native equivalents, dominating, modifying and simplifying aquatic ecosystems. The priority for pest animal control is prevention because once established it is often impossible to completely eradicate high risk species. If established, management must aim to limit damage to native species and maintain threatened species at sustainable levels. 28 It is worth noting that many Australian natives (eg. kookaburra, lorikeet, smooth marron) and even locally native species (western grey kangaroos) have the potential to impact on biodiversity (Molloy et al 2007).

Objectives  To prevent further introductions and/or spread of invasive species.  To increase community awareness of the implications of the release of invasive animals and the importance of reporting unusual sightings.  Manage existing problem species to reduce spread and minimise impact on biodiversity.

Condition

Indicator B6: Number and distribution of aquatic and terrestrial pest species. The most common terrestrial pest species within the Shire are widespread and include the fox, cat and rabbit and these species have already had a significant impact on biodiversity values including a number of local extinctions. Current control efforts are aimed at minimising the impact of these species and allowing maintenance or recovery of impacted native species.

A limited number of aquatic pest species species have also impacted biodiversity values including:  mosquito fish (Gambusia holbrooki) (which is widespread and severely limits the distribution of the threatened Balston’s pygmy perch and mud minnow); and  smooth marron (the introduction of which to the Margaret River in the early 1980s has had a significant impact on the local Margaret River hairy marron population, and is now declared critically endangered).

There is also significant potential for much greater impacts from aquatic pest species if these species are allowed to populate including yabbys, redfin perch and carp/goldfish already naturalised within some catchments.

Table B5 summarises the impacts of these and other key introduced species in the Shire. Table B5: Summary of key feral animal species known to occur within the Shire

Species Scale and Extent of Impact in the Shire Key Impact ecies? WA? WA? p ‘World’s Invasive S Worst 100’ Worst Declared or Declared Restricted in in Restricted

Cat Y Widespread and significant. Predation Competition Fox Y Y Widespread and significant impacts. Recent recovery in Predation some critical weight range native mammal species suggests Competition fox numbers may have been reduced in conservation reserves subject to consistent baiting. Anecdotal reports suggest numbers may still be high in peri-urban and rural areas. Rabbit Y Y Widespread and significant. Competition Grazing Pig Y Y Generally limited to eastern and southern areas; believed to Predation be in relatively low numbers. Competition Grazing Watercourse degradation Disease/ weed spread Kookaburra Y Widespread and moderate. Competition Predation Mallard Widespread. Competition Sulphur crested Y Not yet present within the Shire. Competition cockatoo Eastern long- Y Occasional sightings starting to be made. Competition Eastern long- billed corella Rainbow lorikeet Y Pair recently sighted in Busselton. Competition Honeybee Widespread and moderate. Competition Redfin perch Y Limited to Ten Mile Brook Dam; potential for significant local Predation impact. Competition Watercourse 29 degradation Rainbow trout Y Introduced to various stream dams; believed to be having Predation minimal impact at present. Until very recently the lower Competition reaches of the Blackwood were stocked with large numbers Watercourse of trout. degradation Carp, Goldfish, Y Y Currently believed to be limited to isolated reaches and Predation Koi tributaries of the Margaret River and isolated reaches of Competition some other streams; potentially locally significant impacts. Watercourse degradation Mosquito fish Y Y Widespread in most reaches of most waterways; significant Predation impact. Competition Watercourse degradation Yabbies Y Currently only known from limited reaches and tributaries; Competition locally significant impacts. Watercourse degradation Smooth Marron Currently only known to be introduced to the Margaret River Competition Catchment; significantly impacting on the critically Predation endangered Margaret River Hairy Marron. Data Sources: Pers comm., May/June 2008 with Gary Farrelly (DAFWA), Caitlin Prowse (DEC), Morgan et. al (2004), Beatty et. al (2005)

Current Responses:

Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007: The new Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007 provides for the management and regulation of pest species.

Western Shield: Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) ‘Western Shield’ 1080 baiting program operates across much of the South West’s National Parks and State Forests including many of the DEC Conservation Reserves within the Shire: most areas are aerially baited quarterly. Some areas, such as around Forest Grove, Contos and Boranup, are also hand baited monthly to allow a greater degree of precision with regard to the laying of baits in close proximity to boundaries with private land. Some parts of the Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park and other narrow reserves with close proximity to private land do not form part of this program.

Additional DEC efforts: In addition to Western Shield, other feral controls are undertaken by DEC including :  Limited warren destruction or fumigation of foxes where baiting is not a safe alternative;  limited rabbit baiting, warren destruction or fumigation associated with revegetation projects and in response to specific threats to DRF or TECs, and  pig monitoring and some summer trapping based on impacts on threatened species.

Community Fox Baiting Drive: This program involves the Shire, CCG and DAFWA and coordinates and promotes fox baiting on private land. This program currently involves two rounds of baiting annually and a significant and increasing number of properties.

Aquatic feral control: Cape to Cape Catchment Group in conjunction with Department of Fisheries and the Murdoch University Fish and Fisheries Research team have recently begun targeting a number of aquatic feral outbreaks including carp, goldfish and yabby within the Margaret River Catchment, goldfish within the Wilyabrup catchment and yabbies within the Boodjidup catchment. Additionally, smooth marron fish downs are ongoing in the upper reaches of the Margaret River.

Implications:

If left unchecked feral animals (both terrestrial and aquatic) have the potential to seriously impact on biodiversity and subsequently lead to broader environmental degradation. Similarly, many of the feral species (eg. foxes, feral pigs and rabbits) represent pests of agriculture with the potential to directly impact on the economics of agriculture and primary production through lost production and the costs of on-going control. Some species such as cats (through toxoplasmosis) also represent health risks to humans.

30

Actions:

2.17 Work with the Department of Agriculture and Food, DEC and Natural Resource Management Groups to monitor feral animal populations and develop community education program to actively encourage the reporting and control of feral animal.

2.18 Request support from the Department for Agriculture and Food to increase feral animal control programs within the Shire and region.

2.19 Work with the Department of fisheries and DEC to promote, monitor and control Aquatic pest species in our waterways.

2.4 Environmental Weeds

Key Findings:  Environmental Weeds represent one of the most significant threats to biodiversity in the region.  High priority environmental weeds in the area include Arum Lily, Watsonia, Blackberry and concern is growing for the spread of species such as Wavy Gladioli, Weed Wattles, Asparagus Fern and Tambookie Grass.  The majority of environmental weeds are garden escapees and many are still widely planted within the Shire and available through some local nurseries.

Description:

Weeds are broadly defined as plants out of place and can be broken into agricultural weeds and environmental weeds. Agricultural weeds are plants that represent a threat to agricultural production, for example cape weed which has the potential to reduce the area available for agricultural activities, interfere with agricultural practices and affect the quality of produce. Environmental weeds are plants that establish themselves in natural ecosystems (marine, aquatic and terrestrial) and proceed to modify natural processes, usually adversely, resulting in the decline of the community they invade (CALM 1999).

Environmental weeds are often fast growing, pioneer plants that can rapidly invade and dominate sites following disturbance. They often have an ability to produce large numbers of seeds or other propagules.

The ability of environmental weeds to out compete native plants for available nutrients, water, space and sunlight represents a significant risk to many native flora and fauna species. They have the ability to not only dominate ecosystems but also to simplify them (through the loss of species) and transform ecosystems for example by changing nutrient cycles, vegetation structure or fire regimes. Environmental weeds are widely recognised as one of the most significant threats to biodiversity in the region.

Objectives:  To ensure no new significant environmental weeds are allowed to establish within the Shire.  To contain and where possible eradicate from local areas newly arrived environmental weeds of significance such as Geraldton carnation weed and asparagus fern.  To strategically control established environmental weeds in order minimise impacts and spread.

31 Condition:

Indicator B7: Number of environmental weed species. The WA State of Environment Report 2007 (EPA 2007) identifies the Warren and Southern Jarrah Forest as having 333 and 423 environmental weed species respectively. Behind the Swan Coastal Plain, these are the highest number of environmental weed species for any Western Australian bioregion and represent a significant proportion of the 678 environmental weeds recognised across the State.

Four of the twenty Weeds of National Significance (WONS) (Blackberry, Bridal Creeper, Lantana and Willows) are naturalised within the Shire and at least another two known from within or immediately adjacent to the Shire.

The Shire’s Weed Strategy 2005-2010 (SAMR/WAG 2005) identifies 44 ‘common environmental weeds’ in the Shire and the Cape to Cape Catchment’s group draft list of known environmental weeds within the Capes region identifies 181 environmental weeds impacting bushland of which 43 are considered high priority, 73 a moderate priority and 65 are considered a lower priority. The high priority weed species are listed in table B6.

Table B6: High Priority Weed Species within the Cape to Cape Catchments area Species Name Common Name Species Name Common Name Acacia dealbata Silver Wattle Gladioli species Gladioli Acacia decurrens Black Wattle Homeria species Cape Tulip Acacia iteaphylla Flinders Range Wattle Hyparrhenia hirta Tambookie Grass Acacia longifolia Sydney Wattle Ipomoea indica Morning glory Acacia melanoxylon Blackwood Isolepis prolifera Asparagus aethiopicus Ground/Basket Juncus acutus Sharp Rush Asparagus Asparagus asparagoides Bridal Creeper Leptospermum laevigatum Victorian Tea Tree Asparagus declinatus Bridal Veil Melaleuca armillaris Honey Myrtle Asparagus plumosus Climbing Asparagus Moraea spp. Cape Tulip, One- leaf/Two-leaf Asparagus scandens Asparagus Fern Myriophyllum aquaticum Water Milfoil Babiana species Baboon Flower Pelargonium alchemilloides Pelargonium Chasmanthe floribunda African cornflag Pelargonium capitatum Rose Pelargonium Chrysanthemoides monilifera Boneseed/Bitou Bush Pittosporum undulatum Sweet Pittosporum Cortaderia selloana Pampas Grass Polygala myrtifolia Butterfly Bush Cynodon dactylon Couch Psoralea pinnata Taylorina Cytisus species Broom Rubus fruiticosus Blackberry Dipogon lignosis Dolichos Pea Salvinia molesta Salvinia Echium plantagineum Patterson's Curse Typha orientalis Cumbungi or Bulrush Ehrharta calycina Veldt Grass Vinca major Blue Periwinkle Eragrostis curvula African Lovegrass Watsonia spp. Watsonia Euphorbia terracina Geraldton Carnation Zantedeschia species Arum Lily Weed Genista spp Brooms Source: CCG draft List of Environment Weed Species

Indicator B8: Extent of environmental weed species. Limited broadscale weed mapping is available for the Shire and given the dynamic nature of many of our weed species such mapping would need to be revised and updated on a regular basis. One source of existing weed mapping is the ‘Survey of roadside conservation values’ undertaken in 2003. This report identifies 62% of roadsides studied as having heavy or medium weed infestation and wide distribution were recorded for ‘Grass weeds’, Watsonia, Bridal Creeper, Gladiolus, Freesia and Bridal Creeper.

Pressures:

One of the significant drivers behind the spread of existing environmental weeds and in the introduction of new environmental weeds is the continued sale of environmental weeds through the nursery industry. Whilst many nurseries within the Shire are taking significant steps towards removing weed species from their stocklists, there remains a ready supply to the public of a broad range of environmental weeds through this source.

32 Current Responses:

Shire of Augusta Margaret River Weed Strategy 2005-2010: The Shire has an existing weed strategy that establishes a framework and action plan for the control of weeds within its areas. The strategy identifies priority reserves for management and some alert weeds and ‘common’ environmental weeds within the Shire. The implementation of the strategy refers to annual Weed Action Plans.

Blackberry control on crown land: DAFWA coordinates a blackberry control program on crown land, particularly along the Margaret River from Barrett Street Reserve through to Caves Road.

Shire environmental weed control: The Shire conducts environmental weed control which is administered through Parks and Gardens and also by the Environment officers. This is currently focused on blackberry, arum lily, tagasastta and tambookie grass on Shire reserves.

CCG weed and feral program: This program aims to support strategic, priority weed control on private land and high conservation value Shire reserves. Currently this program focuses on some of the highest impact environmental weeds such as arum lily, blackberry, dolichos pea, wavy gladioli, watsonia and weed wattles, and also some of the newly established species with the potential to become significant environmental weeds, such as Geraldton carnation weed and asparagus fern.

Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Save our Species Biodiversity Conservation Initiative (BCI): The save our species BCI program targets four emerging environmental weed species within the Shire: dolichos pea, asparagus fern, garden geranium and African thistle.

DEC also undertakes environmental and declared weed control on a broad range of species on conservation estate (or in adjacent areas where weeds are threatening to invade conservation estate). Given the large area of estate, weed work is prioritised particularly in areas where private property is controlling weeds adjacent to DEC estate boundaries. Species currently subject to control programs include (among others): Arum lily, Blackberry, Cape Tulip, Dolichos Pea, Weed Wattles, Typha and Watsonia

Bridal creeper biocontrol release: This program of release of a biocontrol rust and leaf hopper insects has dramatically reduced the impact of this previously significant environmental weed in bushland. On-going monitoring is required to ensure continued containment.

Blackberry rust release: A number of groups within the Shire took part in the recent release of the blackberry biocontrol rust as part of a broad CSIRO release program. Monitoring is ongoing and results are still inconclusive.

Landholders’ efforts: Many landholders and individuals are making significant contributions on their own property in controlling and removing environmental weeds on their own and adjoining properties. ‘Friends’ and community groups: There are many highly effective community and ‘Friends’ groups within the Shire that are actively caring for significant areas of bushland and involved in the fight against environmental weeds in their respective areas, including the Gracetown Progress Association, Margaret River Coastal Residents Association, Friends of A Class Reserve, Barrett St Reserve, Elizabeth St Reserve, Pioneer Reserve and Friends of the Cape to Cape Track.

Margaret River Weed Action Group: A weed action group exists formed of community and agency representatives with the intent ‘to outline a program for community education, training for staff and volunteers, increase community ownership and participation in weed control.’

33 Actions:

2.20 Develop and adopt a Weed Control Strategy for the Shire.

2.21 Establish a weed control program for priority weeds species growing on Shire managed Reserves.

2.22 Work cooperatively with the government agencies and natural resource management groups to deliver a coordinated management program for high priority weeds.

2.23 Work collaboratively with the local nursery, landscaping industry and plant suppliers to ensure existing problem species are not distributed within the Shire.

2.24 Implement media releases to inform the community of the risks associated with the release of aquatic weeds and the potential for these to naturalise in local waterways with subsequent impacts on ecology and water quality.

2.5 Pathogens including Phytophthora Dieback and a range of tree declines and plant pathogens.

Key Findings  Improved practices to control the spread of dieback within the Shire are urgently needed.  A range of tree declines currently being experienced through the region and the Shire have the potential to have devastating impacts on biodiversity including nationally listed threatened species.  Research is urgently needed to better understand (and to develop and implement management options for) the range of tree declines impacting biodiversity within the Shire.

Description:

A range of plant pathogens have the potential to impact, on the biodiversity values of the Shire. Most notable of these are Phytophthora dieback (commonly known as ‘dieback’ or ‘jarrah dieback’) and a range of tree declines affecting primarily marris, peppermints and flooded gums within the Shire.

Phytophthora dieback is caused by the root rot water mould Phytophtora cinnamomi (PC) which is believed to have been introduced via horticultural plants soon after European settlement in the South West. It was first observed affecting jarrah and other native plants in 1921. The term ‘jarrah dieback’ can be misleading as the disease affects a very wide range of plant species and dieback is a generic term applied to vegetation declines due to a range of causes (Dieback Working Group, 2000).

The organism lives in soil and water and invades plant roots, causing decay and reducing the plant’s ability to absorb water and nutrients and resulting in the eventually death of the plant (EPA 2007). PC can spread naturally with movement of water through soil, by animals disturbing soil, or from root-to- root contact between affected and healthy plants. Human activities that disturb and move soil or water, including road construction, earth moving, livestock movement, wood harvesting and the movement of people and vehicles across infected areas cause the most significant, rapid and widespread distribution of the pathogen (EPA 2007).

PC has been listed as one of the worst 100 invasive species in the world and represents one of the most serious threats to native flora and biodiversity in the South West. Up to 45% of South West flora species are susceptible to PC infection (as well as a number of garden, horticultural and plantation species) and the pathogen has been listed as a key threatening process under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (EPBC) Act 1999, and has been termed the “biological bulldozer”.

The unmanaged spread of PC has the potential to cause the collapse of ecosystems and significantly interrupt ecological processes (CALM 2004b) and the consequences of PC include major disruption of community structure, extinction of populations of some flora species, a modification of the structure and composition of ecological communities, a massive reduction in primary productivity, and habitat loss 34 and degradation. The impact of dieback, therefore, is not restricted to flora, with significant impacts also on native fauna, particularly those species (many of which are already threatened) heavily dependent on susceptible vegetation (e.g. numerous bird species, the woylie, honey possum, pygmy possum).

There are also major economic impacts (e.g. on forestry, agriculture, nurseries, tourism) and social impacts (e.g. on recreation, home gardens). Numerous non-native commercial and garden varieties are susceptible to dieback including proteas, roses, grapes, apples, peaches, apricots, citrus, and avocados.

The number of new dieback infestations can be reduced by modifying activities that spread the pathogen, or by controlling access to high-priority areas. Modifying activities may involve cleaning machinery, vehicles or footwear, scheduling activities for dry soil conditions, or using materials that are free of PC. Controlling access may involve track rationalisation, upgrading tracks or restricting the access of off-road vehicles.

Currently, there are no eradication methods for PC, no cure for plants once they are infected with PC, and no way of preventing spread through the soil via water flow. Limiting the spread to prevent future destruction is the most effective way to manage the disease caused by it. The only treatment that can be used to protect vegetation from PC is the chemical phosphate, a biodegradable fungicide that protects plants against dieback by increasing the resistance of susceptible or infected species to PC, but does not eliminate the disease, and requires on-going, labour intensive treatments to be effective.

Other plant pathogens with the potential to seriously impact on biodiversity within the Shire include:  Honey fungus (Armillaria luteobubalina): This fungus has the potential to infest a wide number of species and although very little work has been undertaken focusing on this species, within the Shire karri forest and coastal shrubland communities are believed to be at particular risk (Molloy etal 2007).  Marri canker (Quambalaria coyrecup): This severe canker disease is causing decline in marri (Corymbia calophylla) throughout its range and is particularly common and widespread within the Shire.  ther pathogens may be associated with the observed declines in peppermints (Agonis flexuosa) and flooded gums (Eucalyptus rudis).

Objectives:  Prevent the spread of Phytophthora dieback  Minimise the impact of PC in priority areas.  To better understand and commence management of the various tree decline issues within the Shire.

Condition:

Indicator B9: Extent, coverage and distribution of Phytopthora dieback within the Shire. Current mapping of the extent, coverage and distribution of Phytopthora within the southwest understates the impact of the disease at the local scale in that some of the mapping is old (up to 20 years) and that many of the areas previously marked as uninfested have remained ‘unprotectable’ from nearby infestations.

Indicator B10: Extent, coverage and distribution of Tree decline, Armillaria and Mundella Yellows within the Shire. Comprehensive mapping of these poorly understood issues is not available for the Shire, however, Table B7 summarises some of the issues currently present within the Shire

Table B7: Non-Phytophthora cinnamomi plant pathogens and tree declines impacting on local biodiversity values. Pathogen or Species affected Symptoms and Distribution and Decline impacts extent Marri Canker - Marri (Corymbia calophylla) - Cracking and shedding Currently widespread - Red flowering gum bark. and extremely common (Corymbia ficifolia) - Large amounts of kino throughout the Shire with (gum) released and high proportions of staining bark. individuals (40-70%) 35 - Often large target like affected in many lesions. instances. - Tree death Peppermint Decline - WA Peppermint (Agonis - Canopy thinning Isolated pockets flexuosa) - Tip dieback - possibly associated with - Tree death bull banksias Flooded Gum Flooded gum (Eucalyptus - Canopy thinning South-eastern portions Decline rudis) - Tip dieback of the Shire. - Excessive Lerp numbers - Tree death Armillaria Wide range of species, - Foliage thinning Probably widespread. particularly from karri forest - Tip dieback and coastal shrublands - Tree death Karri Decline Karri (Eucalyptus - Tip dieback of the canopy Currently only reported diversicolor) from the Boranup area. Mundella Yellows* Variety of species - Yellowing of foliage Probably not uncommon (Lime induced iron especially those within the - Chlorosis on the calcareous chlorosis, chlorotic Eucalyptus, Casuarina, - Canopy thinning coastal soils of the Shire. decline) Acacia, Dryandra, Hakea - Tree death and Banksia genera. Data Source: Paap et al. (2006); pers comm. Paul Barber (Tuart Health Research Group) May/June 2008; and personal observations. Note: Some of these issues may be wholly or partly due to non-pathogenic causes such as climatic drying etc.  Previously understood to be related to a pathogenic phytoplasm but now believed not to be related to a plant pathogen but rather to soil chemistry, namely lime-induced iron or manganese deficiency.

Current Responses:

Project Dieback: Project Dieback aims to protect the biodiversity of special areas at risk from Phytophthora Dieback for all five affected Natural Resource Management Regions in southwest Australia (South Coast, Swan, Avon, Northern Agricultural and South West). The project actively promotes awareness and best practice management and has produced an atlas mapping dieback within the South West NRM region.

Busselton-Augusta Biodiversity Hotspot Project: This project is actively promoting and supporting dieback management on private land and Shire reserves through education, technical advice and provision of treatment kits.

Centre of Excellence for Climate Change and Woodland and Forest Health: This group has undertaken preliminary inspections, sampling and analysis of tree decline sites within the Shire and are currently sourcing funding to initiate longer term and more comprehensive studies with particular regard to peppermint and marri declines.

Implications: Phytophthora dieback and tree decline has the potential to seriously alter and transform many of our ecosystems with catastrophic impacts on biodiversity, including many threatened species. The local impacts of Phytophthora dieback on tree decline are visually apparent however, the social and economic implications of environmental change are not well understood and require further research.

Actions:

2.25 Request support from DEC to develop a dieback risk map for Shire which can be used to assist Road maintenance crews to be aware of areas of high risk and ensure adequate clean down measures are put in place to ensure Shire machinery is not spreading the disease.

2.26 Utilise the “Dieback management Guidelines for Local Government” prepared by the Dieback working group 2000 to minimise the spread of dieback in Shire managed Reserves and Implement a dieback risk training program for Shire work crews.

2.27 Identify priority dieback management areas and install signage where appropriate on Shire Reserve land to inform the community of any dieback risk in line with the State wide dieback signage program.

36 2.28 Provide guideline information to assist proponents of subdivision, land development and road construction to minimise the spread of dieback.

2.29 Increase community and industry knowledge of dieback and tree decline issues.

2.6 Riparian vegetation

Key Findings:  Very little riparian vegetation on the Shire’s waterways remains in A Grade condition  Much of the existing degradation is a result of weed infestation, stock access and historical clearing.  Weed control and preventing stock access are seen as management priorities for protecting existing riparian vegetation.

Description: Riparian vegetation is the vegetation fringing waterways and wetlands. This vegetation is specifically adapted to waterlogging and periodic inundation. It plays an important role in the environment not only with respect to maintaining water quality and the ecological values of waterways, but also as an important linkage between aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. The habitat is utilised by both aquatic and terrestrial species and often forms important corridors through otherwise fragmented landscapes and as such is essential to biodiversity conservation (EPA 2007).

Within the Shire riparian vegetation is critical for a number of threatened and priority flora and fauna species including:  Leeuwin snail (Austroassiminea letha)  Margaret River Hairy Marron (Cherax tenuimanus*)  Margaret River burrowing crayfish (Engaewa pseudoreductor) (Critically endangered)  White-bellied Frog (Geocrinia alba) (Critically endangered)  Orange-bellied Frog (Geocrinia vittelina)  Reedia spathacea  Gastrolobium formosa  Tyrbastes glaucescens (* Note: The scientific names for the two species of marron are currently under review.)

Traditionally native vegetation including riparian vegetation has not been highly valued and as a result a large proportion of fringing vegetation on many waterways has been lost or seriously degraded. In rural areas, stock represent a significant degrading force through grazing, trampling to access water, compaction and increasing nutrient loads. In urban areas development and settlement has resulted in the loss of riparian vegetation particularly around tributaries. In all areas, weeds represent a significant risk to the condition of riparian vegetation. Within the Shire arum lily, blackberry, kikuyu, buffalo grass, bridal creeper (although impact significantly reduced by biocontrol agents), edible fig, vinca and watsonia all have the ability to invade good quality riparian vegetation and reduce its biodiversity value. Objectives:  To prevent further loss and further degradation of riparian vegetation in the Shire.  To restore priority areas of riparian vegetation that have already been lost or degraded.

Condition: Indicator B11: Foreshore condition. The condition of riparian vegetation has been assessed for many of the waterways within the Shire through the River Action Planning process (see Table B8). This process involves a foreshore condition assessment utilising the Penn-Scott method of riparian zone assessment which incorporates factors such as erosion, weed infestation and vegetation condition.

37 Table B8: Foreshore condition of various waterways within the Shire based on the assessments undertaken as part of the River Action Plans completed to date A Grade B Grade C Grade D Grade Waterway km % km % km % km % Margaret River 21.5 27.3% 52.6 66.8% 4.7 5.9% 0 0% Ellen Brook 2 5% 11.6 29% 10.8 27% 14.9 37.2% Cowaramup 4.5 15% 9.5 32% 7.5 25% 8.5 28% Brook Boodjidup# 7% 28% 46.5% Brook Wilyabrup 6 6% 17% 17% 22 22% 55* 55%* Brook Gunyalgup 0.75 0.8% 25.75 29% 57.5 58% 5.8 6.5% Brook West Bay Data summary not available Creek Chapman Data summary not available Brook Data Sources: respective River Action Plans A Grade: Good Conditon, B Grade: Weed infested, C Grade: Erosion prone, D Grade: Ditch. *Represents a compilation of both D grade and E grade. # Boodjidup Brook River Action Plan is currently under preparation and the figures presented are based upon an assessment of riparian condition conducted using aerial photographs as part of the Stream Condition Assessment Report for the Cape to Cape Catchments. This only utilised A, B and C grades.

The downstream portions of the Blackwood River which lie within the Shire boundaries contain some significant areas of native vegetation with the most significant sections being national park and nature reserve (ranked B1), overall the landscape is still mostly cleared. Most of the tributaries are classified between B2 and C3. (SWCC 2002).

The portion of the Scott River within the Shire is considered to be B2/3 while the river’s tributaries range between B3 and C3 and it is therefore considered be under threat. (SWCC 2002)

Current Responses: Streamlining Project: The Water Corporation (WC) and the CCG coordinates this project in the Margaret River catchment upstream of Ten Mile Brook in order to improve riparian vegetation through weed control, fencing to exclude stock and provision of offstream watering points. Healthy Waterways Project: This CCG project supports a large number of landholders across the northern part of the Shire to maintain and improve the extent and condition of their riparian vegetation through funding incentives for fencing, revegetation, weed control, erosion control and stock crossing and also through access to technical assistance and training workshops. Lower Blackwood LCDC activities: The LBLCDC supports erosion control, fencing and revegetation of priority riparian areas. This work is currently focused on the Chapman Brook and McLeod Creek catchments. Individual landholder fencing, revegetation: Many landholders are undertaking a range of measures (including revegetation, fencing, erosion control and weed control) independently in order to maintain or improve the condition of their riparian vegetations.

Implications:

Traditionally riparian vegetation has not always been highly valued, both in urban and rural settings, and often suffers from recreational and grazing pressures and also from the desire for improved water views from adjoining landholders. The potential environmental impacts of this loss and degradation are many and varied, including biodiversity loss, reduced water quality and erosion. More broadly these activities can impact on tourism, recreational uses and the general amenity of areas. Once lost or degraded, the costs of attempting to replace or restore riparian vegetation is significant and it is far more efficient and effective to protect good vegetation initially. 38

Actions:

2.33 Develop and implement strategies to control priority waterway weeds including arum lily, blackberry, edible fig and asparagus fern.

2.34 Work with NRM groups to actively seek government financial support to encourage and assist private land owners to fence and protect riparian vegetation and for the revegetation of priority water ways.

2.35 Establish a program for the rehabilitation of priority waterways located on Shire managed reserves.

2.36 Develop a process to investigate and report incidences of encroachment into Shire managed reserves containing riparian vegetation by adjoining landholders and implement a program to rehabilitate affected areas.

2.37 Provide educational information to assist land holders with the voluntary implementation of best practice methods for the regeneration of riparian vegetation.

2.38 Support NRM groups to develop River Action Plans for the remaining stream systems not yet assessed within the Shire.

39

Theme 3: COASTAL AND MARINE

Introduction: The coastal environment is defined as the interface between the land and the ocean and includes land up to the high tide line and offshore islands. For the purposes of this report, Hardy Inlet has been discussed as part of the coastal environment with an estuarine system which experiences tidal fluctuations. The marine environment includes Commonwealth and State coastal to offshore waters from the low tide line to the edge of the Exclusive Economic Zone. The marine environment of the Capes region is one of the most diverse temperate marine environments in Australia. Key marine ecological features in the south west of Western Australia have been identified through the South West Marine Bioregional Planning Process (Commonwealth of Australia 2007). Adjacent to the Shire, features include meso-scale eddies off Cape Leeuwin caused by changes in seafloor features, unique offshore seafloor topography of the Naturaliste Plateau and upwelling at Cape Mentelle in response to changes in the direction of the warm, low saline Leeuwin Current. These features support enhanced productivity and feeding aggregations and contribute to the areas’ unique biodiversity values. The various sheltered bays, estuaries and exposed high swell coastlines support a high diversity of tropical, subtropical and temperate marine flora and fauna, including a large variety of seagrasses, intertidal and near shore reef systems, invertebrates, fish and marine mammals. Because of these high biodiversity values, the area has been proposed as a key component of Australia’s National Representative System of Marine Protected Areas (DEC 2006) and is expected to be gazetted as a marine park (‘Capes Marine Park’) in the near future. There is inadequate knowledge of the ecology and biodiversity of WA’s marine environment, with limited baseline research on the relationships between marine habitats, biodiversity and patterns of human use currently being undertaken in nearby waters. With the exception of the Leeuwin Current, there is minimal information on the influence of natural processes (i.e. climate change, shoreline movement) and human activities (i.e. coastal development, ecotourism) on the coastal and marine environment. Visitors and residents value the coastal and marine environment and resources within the Shire, with population growth and tourism set to increase over the coming years. In order to protect, conserve and enhance coastal and marine key environmental, economic and social values, pressures that degrade or threaten to degrade these values must be understood and managed in an appropriate and sustainable manner. Objectives: To protect and conserve the coastal and marine environment by:

 Identifying major environmental pressures that degrade, or threaten to degrade the values of the coastal and marine environment and implement actions to mitigate the identified threats.

 To identify and rehabilitate degraded coastal and marine areas where required.

 The sustainable management of the coastal and marine environments.

Indicators: There has been minimal research and/or long term monitoring of environmental values to determine the condition of the coastal and marine environment within or adjacent to the Shire’s municipal boundary, and how it might be changing in response to natural and anthropogenic processes. In order to manage the current and future threats to the marine and coastal environment, it is essential to obtain detailed baseline data on the condition and values of the coastal and marine environment and implement ongoing monitoring to establish trends.

40 Overall Condition: While minimal information exists on the condition of the marine environment within the Shire, it is believed to generally be in a very good to excellent condition (DEC 2006), with some areas experiencing localised degradation. Its condition is attributed to the area being relatively undeveloped and therefore under less environmental pressure than other Western Australian coastal zones with developed and expanding commercial and extractive industries. The coastal and marine environment adjacent to major population centres and urban settlement are subject to greater environmental pressures than the more isolated areas of the coast. This is demonstrated in the nearby Geographe Bay where seagrass meadows are being threatened by reduced water quality and changes to shoreline movement that have resulted from human activities in the catchment and on the coast. The Shire’s Coastal Management Plan indicates the coastal zone within the Shire is generally in a good condition (Landform Research 2005), with several locations such as Hardy Inlet, experiencing deterioration in water quality. The Coastal locations of Prevelly and Cowaramup Bay are experiencing vegetation loss and erosion from high visitor use but are generally in good health, with their condition being improved and maintained through coastal management strategies and active rehabilitation of degraded areas. As the south west region becomes more developed and as population and visitors numbers increase, pressures and threats to the coastal and marine environment are expected to increase. In order to manage the future threats, it is essential to obtain extensive and detailed baseline data on the condition and values of the environment and monitor them for signs of change. Pressure on the coastal and marine environment is also expected from climate change, although current and future impacts are still being investigated. Climate change is predicted to alter wind and wave regimes as well as sea levels which in turn will affect local shoreline erosion rates of coastal areas (Voice et al. 2006). Predicted decreases in rainfall will likely result in changes to flow and runoff rates from waterways and affect oceanographic processes including currents and upwelling. These factors may result in changes to the abundance and distribution of marine flora and fauna which will ultimately impact on marine biodiversity (Hobday et al. 2006) and the areas’ economic and social values.

3.1 Coastal Environment

Key Findings:  The coastal environment is in very good to excellent condition with accessible beaches adjacent to urban development suffering greater degradation than isolated stretches of coastline.  Degradation occurs in the form of vegetation loss, erosion and introduction of non-native species.  Pressure will increase with a growing population and tourism industry within the Shire.  There are a number of Commonwealth, State and local Government management and planning strategies/policies to ensure pressures are addressed and minimised, as well as various active community groups that engage in coastal rehabilitation of degraded areas.

Description:

Coastal degradation refers to damage caused to the coastal environment and ecosystems, derived through human induced and natural processes (like shoreline movement and wind erosion). Direct anthropogenic impacts include vegetation clearing for development, while indirect effects include the introduction of foreign flora and fauna species and contamination through increased litter.

Within the Shire, as elsewhere in the South West of Western Australia, the coastal environment is becoming increasingly more populated and currently supports a wide range of commercial and recreational activities. These include, but are not limited to: urban development, agriculture, surfing, fishing, and increasingly, tourism.

41 Most of these activities result in a greater usage of beaches and coastal trails, where intensive use and inappropriate 4WD vehicular access on beaches and adjacent coastal tracks can lead to extensive degradation of popular coastal areas. These activities promote vegetation loss, which may cause or exacerbate erosion of dunal systems over time, leading to significant changes in the structure and stability of the coastal landscape. Such vegetation loss and erosion may threaten ecologically significant plant communities and species, reducing biodiversity in a local area. Coastal activities that involve vegetation clearing may also impact negatively upon the adjacent marine environment through the introduction of increased sediment and nutrient loads.

Objectives: To protect and conserve the environmental, economical and social values of the coastal environment by:  The management, protection and enhancement of unique coastal environment values.  The sustainable management of coastal areas.  Identifying coastal environmental values and undertaking long term monitoring in order to maintain and improve the state of the coastal environment.  The development and implementation of local actions to mitigate detrimental impacts on coastal areas. Condition: Indicator CM1: Condition of Coastal Vegetation and Natural Areas

The majority of the coastal environment lies within the Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park, managed by the DEC, with the remainder forming Shire coastal reserves and private property. The high level of management afforded to the protection and conservation of environmental values within these National Parks and Reserves ensures that parts of coastal environment are in a very good to excellent condition (Landform Research 2005). [Note: Information pertaining to the condition and pressures on the coastal environment managed by agencies other than the Shire has been included to portray the overall status and highlight significant pressures on the coastal environment].

The dominant coastal vegetation type within the Shire is Coastal Heath, supported by calcareous soils (Landform Research 2005). There are a number of Declared Rare Flora (DRF) species and priority flora species recorded in the Shire, including the DRF species Kennedia macrophylla, recorded around Augusta.

There are several other significant environmental values found along the coastline. These include the Cape Leeuwin Wetland System (described as a Coastal Wetland of National Importance by the Australian Nature Conservation Agency); at least nine occurrences of the Augusta microbial Threatened Ecological Community – (Tufa- microbial communities of cyanobacteria, green algae and diatoms on freshwater limestone formations); as well as four populations of the threatened Cape Leeuwin Freshwater Snail (Austroassiminea letha).

Threats to these species and communities are currently being determined but they are most likely vulnerable to water extraction/diversion activities and changes in water quality, as well as decreases in rainfall (K. Onton DEC pers. comm. 2008).

It is difficult to quantify the area of land that has been negatively impacted upon through human activity as there has been no extensive mapping of coastal vegetation within the Shire. Where the coast is readily accessible and situated close to urban settlements, such as Kilcarnup, Cowaramup Bay, Prevelly, Gnarabup and Dead Finish, the coastal environment is subject to vehicular and/or pedestrian access as well as recreational activities including walking and sand boarding.

In high usage areas, the environment is showing signs of degradation through vegetation loss, erosion and introduction of non-native flora species. In areas where coastal access is limited, such as East Augusta, the environment is largely undisturbed and in excellent condition.

The condition of offshore islands within the Shire has not been sufficiently researched. Most offshore islands within the Shire are gazetted as Nature Reserves, managed by the DEC. These islands provide important nesting and breeding sites for seabirds and haul out sites for marine mammals.

42 A survey of St Alouarns Island and nearby islands by DEC in 2007 (K. Onton, pers. comms. DEC 2008) indicates these offshore islands are generally in a very good condition but suffer some weed incursion (primarily Euphorbia sp.) and minor human induced erosion and marine debris as a result of their proximity to the mainland.

Indicator CM2: Rehabilitation of Coastal Environment

At a community level, the Shire and the DEC, in conjunction with several active community groups, undertake rehabilitation projects along the coast. These projects are generally supported through Commonwealth and State funding programs such as Natural Heritage Trust, Envirofund and CoastWest.

The primary objectives of these projects are to mitigate and minimise the impacts of human activities on the coastal environment and to enhance and maintain environmental values. These objectives are being achieved through the ongoing rehabilitation of degraded coastal environments. In general, these projects have proven very valuable and successful in assisting to mitigate the detrimental environmental impacts that result from intensive visitor use.

Rehabilitation projects have been undertaken at many beaches, including Gnarabup, Grunters, Kilcarnup and Boodjidup. Rehabilitation of Gnarabup (Figure CM1) beach commenced nine years ago by the Margaret River Coastal Residents Association (formerly the Prevelly Wilderness Association) and the Shire.

The beach and dunes at Gnarabup are used by many residents and tourists for swimming, walking, surfing and sandboarding. Over time, numerous walk tracks were forged through the dunes, with people taking the most convenient and shortest route to the beach. As a result, the area suffered significant vegetation loss and subsequent dunal erosion and destabilisation. The Shire and the Association have undertaken ongoing rehabilitation of the dunes and managed access to this popular beach. The majority of dune access tracks have been closed off with strategic fencing and brushing. A dedicated pathway was established along the fore dunes to direct pedestrian traffic off the rehabilitated dunes to minimise further erosion. Wooden lookouts and stairs were constructed to further reduce the impact of pedestrian traffic. Ongoing maintenance of the dune system involves brushing and planting native species as well as the removal of non-native species such as Geraldton carnation weed (Euphorbia terracina).

(a) (b) Figure CM1. Gnarabup beach showing erosion of fore dune and beach vegetation before (a) [Photos: Margaret River Coastal Residents Association] and after (b) extensive rehabilitation and management of pedestrian access. [Photo: V. Steptoe]

Boodjidup beach and Boodjidup Brook are recognised for their significant ‘wilderness’ values (R. Whittle pers. comm. 2008). In the past, the beach was accessible to 4WD vehicles, primarily for surfing and beach driving, with intensive vehicular use causing significant vegetation loss and subsequent erosion causing dune instability.

Erosion was being further exacerbated by natural wind and swell patterns. In 1997, the beach was closed to vehicular access. Alternative, low impact pedestrian access along designated paths was permitted. A carpark was constructed, pedestrian access directed along the old 4WD track, with parts

43 of the 4WD track, additional walk tracks and several major blowouts undergoing rehabilitation through brushing, matting and planting of native species.

This project, undertaken by the Shire, the DEC and the Leeuwin Conservation Group, has been successful in preventing 4WD access to the beach and old tracks are almost completely rehabilitated (R. Whittle pers. comm. 2008). However, lack of ongoing maintenance means considerable erosion is still occurring on the fore dunes, amplified by sandboarders, pedestrian access and natural processes.

Pressures: The most significant and increasing pressure on the coastal environment comes from urban development and tourism, resulting in greater public utilisation of coastal areas for commercial and recreational purposes, such as shore based fishing, swimming, surfing, diving, snorkelling, sand boarding, walking and land based whale watching.

Increasingly more people are making the ‘sea change’ from major city centres to the south west, with a substantial increase in population predicted for the Shire. According to Tourism Western Australia, the Shire was the second most visited area in the south west (18.5% of all visitors to the South West region), after Busselton Shire (29%) for 2003-2006 (Tourism WA 2006). The Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park is the most visited national park in WA with more than 2.2 million visitors in 2006-2007 (DEC 2007).

The subsequent increased urban and commercial development requires careful, sustainable management to eliminate or minimise detrimental impacts on the coastal environment. Where infrastructure (i.e. roads, buildings) are placed too close to the fore dunes, erosion can become a significant problem.

While coastal stability is most at threat in the more developed areas, areas with minimal coastal development can also be at risk from inappropriate or poorly managed recreational activities, such as 4WD and pedestrian access. Access onto beaches also threatens fauna such as ground nesting birds including the rare hooded plover (Thinornis rubricollis), which breed on at least eight beaches between Gracetown and Redgate (K. Onton DEC pers. comm. 2008). Birds and nests are susceptible to being destroyed by vehicles, pedestrians and introduced species. Direct public access onto beaches for 4WD vehicles is currently permitted on two beaches, Hamelin Bay and Deepdene, managed by the DEC.

In the past, vehicles have been able to access coastal and beach areas such as Kilcarnup and Boodjidup but access has now been restricted to protect and conserve the coastal environment in these areas. Vehicle access to other beaches may also need to be reassessed, for example near Joey’s Nose and the sensitive limestone cliffs at Kilcarnup (Figure CM2) where vehicles are causing localised vegetation loss and erosion.

Figure CM2. Vehicle access to popular fishing sites at Kilcarnup, within the Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park, which has previously undergone rehabilitation and closure of ad hoc 4WD tracks.

44 Current Responses: Commonwealth, State and local government legislation, strategies and policies provide guiding mechanisms to protect and enhance environmental values while promoting economic and social growth.

Coastal management tools include the State Coastal Planning Policy - Statement of Planning Policy 2.6 (WAPC 2003b), Coastal Zone Management Policy (2001), Country Coastal Planning Policy No. DC 6.1 (WAPC 1989), State Planning Policy No. 2: Environment and Natural Resource Policy (WAPC 2003a) and the Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge Policy - Statement of Planning Policy 6.1 (WAPC 1998).

Specifically relating to the coastal zone within the Shire is the Coastal Management Policy (AMRSC 2003). This policy recognises the environmental, aesthetic, recreational, cultural and scientific values of the coastal regions within the Shire and the need for protection, enhancement and appropriate management of these values. Other tools include a Coastal Management Plan (2005), the Conservation and Land Management Act 1950, Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park Management Plan 1989 – 1999 (DEC 1989) and the draft Augusta-Walpole Coastal Strategy. Implications: With an increasing population and developing tourism industry in the Shire, there will be a greater necessity to upgrade existing facilities and develop new infrastructure along the coast to support the increase in public requirement for access to the coast. The impacts of intensive use of readily accessible coastal areas are well understood and demonstrated at popular Shire beaches like Gnarabup, Boodjidup and Cowaramup Bay. These pressures need to be identified and appropriately managed when supporting the growth of the Shire’s economic and social values while ensuring the protection and conservation of environmental values.

Actions: 3.1 Review and update the Shires Coastal Management Plan and incorporate the southern coastal area of the Shire in accordance with the Augusta-Walpole strategy and the Marine Parks Plan. 3.2 Develop and implement Management Action Plans for the Shire Coastal reserves that address infrastructure and access needs to promote the usage of the coastal environment in a way that protects the environmental asset and promotes a “leave no trace” message.

3.3 Support volunteer Coast care groups and build the communities’ capacity to manage coastal areas.

3.4 Implement an achievements program to acknowledge and reward volunteer Coastal Management Groups for the important role community groups play in the planning, access management and the rehabilitation of the coastal environment while maximising community use of the area.

3.5 Work with Coastcare, DEC and community NRM groups to establish detailed baseline datasets on the condition of coastal environment and develop a consistent monitoring regime for priority areas.

3.6 Identify human activities/use and pressures on the coastal environment and implement a monitoring program to assess changes in visitor use and impacts (including offshore islands).

45

3.2 Marine Environment

Key Findings:  The marine environment is in a very good condition, with accessible areas experiencing high numbers of visitors suffering greater degradation than isolated areas.  Degradation of the marine environment can result from direct impacts such as the intensive extraction and disturbance of marine fauna and the physical destruction of marine habitats.  DEC and WA Department of Fisheries (DoF) are the key State government agencies responsible for protecting and managing the marine environment and resources. The Shire adheres to various management strategies to ensure land based activities have minimal detrimental impact on the marine environment.

Description: Degradation of the marine environment occurs through natural processes (i.e. seasonal/annual variability in flow/strength of local currents such as the Leeuwin Current) as well as human influences (such as increased fishing pressure, marine contamination from land and sea based sources and the introduction of non-native species).

Direct impacts are primarily caused by intensive use of the marine environment for commercial and recreational activities. There is an increasing demand on fish stocks through fishing. Physical damage to the environment results from reef walking, inappropriate boat moorings, souvenir collection of shells and marine life and various other recreational activities. Indirect impacts include increased levels of nutrients and other pollutants entering the ocean from stormwater and wastewater from urban settlements. Objectives To protect and conserve the environmental, social and economic values of the marine environment by:  The management, protection and enhancement of the unique marine environment.  Identifying marine environmental values and undertaking long term monitoring in order to maintain and improve the state of the marine environment.  Managing and utilising marine resources in a sustainable manner.  The development and implementation of local actions to mitigate detrimental impacts on coastal areas. Condition: Within the Shire, marine habitats along the west coast are characterised by macroalgae assemblages on granite (and to a lesser extent limestone) substrate. The south coast and Flinders Bay support nearshore perennial and ephemeral offshore seagrass beds, with some macroalgal assemblages over both granite and limestone substrate (DEC 2006).

Recent research on the area’s marine environment has focussed on marine communities within major bays and estuaries (i.e. Geographe Bay), rather than detailed studies along the whole coastline. There is minimal long term data to determine changes in the marine environment over time. Regardless of the paucity of information, the marine environment in the area is generally thought to be in a very good condition (DEC 2006), with a few high visitor use areas exhibiting localised signs of habitat degradation. This includes the large intertidal and shallow limestone reef communities at Cowaramup Bay and Hamelin Bay and corals at Margaret River (DEC 2006).

Hardy Inlet is considered the most degraded estuarine environment within the Shire. While there are some pressures on fishing stocks within the Inlet, the main impacts are on water quality and hydrology, derived primarily from catchment activities On a broad ecosystem scale, the population stocks of several species of demersal scalefish in the area are currently under pressure from overfishing, threatening the area’s unique marine biodiversity.

Indicator CM3: Overfishing of fish stocks. Extraction of marine species can have a significant detrimental impact on the marine environment by reducing species abundance and diversity if not managed in a sustainable manner. Recreational boat based fishing is widely understood to have as significant impact as the commercial industry (Wise et

46 al. 2007). As a result, commercial and recreational fishing activities require careful management to ensure the sustainability of marine resources.

In Western Australia, 66% of recreational fishermen, fish in the West Coast Bioregion of WA (Kalbarri to Black Point) (DoF 2006). While a considerable proportion of fishing effort and catch centres around the metropolitan area, an increasing number of people are participating in recreational fishing along the Capes (Figure CM3). Commercial fishing, including wetline and demersal gillnet and longline fishing effort is also increasing in the south west (Wise et al. 2007).

Figure CM3. Department of Fisheries WA estimated boat based recreational effort using boat ramp creel surveys in 1996/97 and 2005/2006 [Source: Wise et al. 2007].

In the south west, western rock lobster, abalone and demersal scalefish are the most targeted species for both commercial and recreational fishermen. Over the past few years, commercial and recreational catches of western dhufish, baldchin groper and pink snapper have exceeded the fishing mortality levels dictated by international standards (western dhufish by nearly twice its recommended fishing mortality level). This places a significant threat to the survival and sustainability of these species and the fishing industry (DoF 2007).

With the south west becoming increasingly popular as a place to live and visit, and the trend for more people to own boats with increasingly efficient technology, fishing effort and catch will continue to increase. This will place greater pressure on already threatened fish stocks and potentially threaten currently sustainable fisheries such as abalone and western rock lobster.

Indicator CM4: – Impact of human activities on marine mammals and seabirds. Each year, several thousand whales travel along the coast of Western Australia as part of their annual migration between polar feeding and temperate/tropical breeding and calving grounds. The three most common migratory species sighted in waters adjacent to the Shire are the humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), southern right whale (Eubalaena australis) and blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus).

These species are listed as threatened and are protected under the Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) and specially protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950. Flinders Bay is especially important to southern right whales, with an estimated 10% of the Australian population thought to use Flinders Bay as a calving and nursery ground (C. Burton pers. comm. 2008).

Whale watching is becoming increasingly popular worldwide, with Australia showing the most rapid growth (Lars Bejder pers. comm. 2008). Within the Shire, there is currently one commercial whale watch tour operator, based in Augusta, as well as a substantial number of private boat owners who engage in boat based whale watching along the coast (Figure CM4).

It has recently been proven that cumulative exposure to vessels can have a detrimental impact on cetacean populations (Bejder et al. 2006). While the limited number of tour operators and boats

47 currently do not present a great threat, an increase in boat owners engaging in whale watching, coupled with an increase in whale population numbers, may pose a significant pressure in the future.

Figure CM4. Boat based whale watching is a growing industry in Australia and the south west of WA: Southern right whale and calf, Flinders Bay [Photos: V. Steptoe]

In addition to cetaceans, many species of pinniped have been seen in waters adjacent to the Shire, with the most common species, New Zealand fur seals (Arctocephalus forsteri) having significant haul out and breeding sites at Flinders, Seal and St Alouarns Islands. These animals may be impacted directly through disturbance while resting on beaches or through the threat of entanglement from derelict fishing gear.

Seabirds also have the potential to be impacted, through the degradation of feeding habitats, entanglement and ingestion of fishing gear, boating activities and introduced species. Several protected seabird species including the little penguin (Eudyptula minor), flesh footed shearwater (Puffinus carneipes), bridled tern (Sterna anethetus), albatrosses and petrels have been sighted in the waters adjacent to the Shire.

Indicator CM5: Land based activities degrading or threatening to degrade the marine environment. In addition to marine activities, activities on land also pose a significant threat. Pressures include the development of infrastructure (boat harbours and ramps) to facilitate greater access to the marine environment to meet increasing public demand. Construction and maintenance of these facilities may result in loss of marine habitat and interfere with local natural marine processes.

Currently there are no major ports within the Shire, although a small boat harbour has been proposed near Augusta within the existing designated Port area. This facility will complement existing boat ramps and finger jetties facilities situated along the coast. In addition, 129 boat moorings are located in nearshore waters adjacent to the Shire.

Pressures: The marine environment adjacent to the Shire is popular with residents and tourists undertaking a diverse range of commercial and recreational activities including fishing, surfing, windsurfing, kite surfing, diving, snorkelling, reef walking and boating as well as marine based tourism like whale watching and chartered fishing (Figure CM4). The proposed Capes Marine Park is predicted to attract additional visitors to the area to partake in coastal and marine activities, which will place growing pressure on the marine environment.

48

Figure CM5. There are many popular marine based activities in the Shire, including surfing: South Point [Photos: V. Steptoe]

Readily accessible intertidal and shallow reef habitats are vulnerable to pressures from boat anchors, trampling by fishermen, surfers and reef walkers. They are becoming increasing susceptible to damage from the indirect effects of contamination through land and marine based sources. Marine fauna are vulnerable to extraction by commercial and recreational fishing activities. Marine mammals and seabirds are susceptible to disturbance from intensive boating activity. These pressures degrade feeding and nursery habitats, shoreline areas and ecosystems, thereby threatening the area’s unique marine biodiversity and environmental values. Implications: There are major implications to the environmental, economical and social values of the marine environment if these pressures are not adequately addressed. As population growth and ecotourism continues to increase in the Shire, there will be a greater need for additional coastal infrastructure to meet demand for adequate public accessibility to the coastal and marine environment and greater commercial and urban development.

If biodiversity levels decline and marine habitats are degraded, the marine environment will be further vulnerable to future changes imposed by other factors such as climate change. The impacts of many human activities, including overfishing, on marine ecosystems are not fully understood. It will be a challenge to address these environmental pressures to ensure the marine environment is protected, while allowing future growth and development of the area’s economic and social values. Current Responses: South West Marine Bioregional Plan: The Commonwealth Government is currently preparing a South West Regional Plan under the EPBC Act 1999, for Commonwealth waters from Cape Inscription in Western Australia, to Kangaroo Island, South Australia. The Plan aims to consolidate available knowledge of the marine environment including key ecological features to facilitate management and conservation of marine values, including the establishment of a representative network of Marine Protected Areas.

Proposed Capes Marine Park: The marine waters adjacent to the Shire, as well as Geographe Bay and Flinders Bay are currently under proposal to be gazetted as a marine park and managed by the DEC. The Capes Marine Park will form part of the representative network of Marine Protected Areas for Australia.

Marine research: Marine Futures is a collaborative project between Natural Resource Management (NRM) regional councils, Australian and Western Australia State Governments, university researchers and industries which commenced in Western Australian waters in 2006 (Marine Futures Website). Project objectives include obtaining baseline data on marine habitats, biodiversity values and identifying patterns in human use of the marine environment, complemented by a community education outreach program.

49 Several locations along the coast were identified as priority and representative study sites, with the Capes area from Injidup to Cape Naturaliste and Geographe Bay being one of the seven sites chosen. Although not specifically within the Shire, information gathered will be used to gain a greater understanding of all marine waters in Western Australia and identify key marine indicators to monitor the condition of key marine resources.

WA Department of Fisheries Regulations: All commercial Commonwealth Government managed fisheries and State export fisheries undergo stringent independent assessments to ascertain whether they are managed in an ecologically sustainable manner, under the EPBC Act 1999.

A State Government initiative was commenced in 2004, known as Integrated Fisheries Management and managed in conjunction with the DoF. The initiative looks at managing risks to fish stocks (i.e. western rock lobster, demersal scalefish), marine communities and the environment (DoF Website). In addition, to facilitate broader ecosystem management of the WA fishing industry, the DoF produces annual State of Fisheries WA Reports which summarise annual fishing catch and effort across all bioregions and sectors of industry to assess the condition and sustainability of each species.

In 2007, the DoF implemented changes to laws governing the commercial West Coast Demersal Scalefish Fishery followed by a management strategy for the recreational catch of demersal scalefish. These management changes aim to significantly reduce catch and effort of specific scalefish species and are necessary to ensure the survival of species’ and sustainability of the industry (DoF 2007, 2008).

Marine Mammal Regulations: The Commonwealth ensures the protection and conservation of marine mammals in Commonwealth waters under the EPBC Act 1999, while the DEC manages marine fauna in Western Australia under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950. In addition, there are National Guidelines for Whale and Dolphin Watching 2005 that aim to minimise human impacts on migrating and resident cetaceans in State and Commonwealth waters.

Actions:

3.7 Participate, support and facilitate other agencies and groups in the collection of baseline data on the values of the marine environmental where insufficient data exists.

3.8 Implementing, measures to minimise impact on the marine environment through the appropriate design and placement of coastal infrastructure.

3.9 Assess the impact of passive and active recreational activities on the coastal areas and develop strategies to protect the marine environment for the benefit of future generations.

3.10 Support community education on the importance and protection of the region’s unique marine environmental values.

3.11 Support government agencies to establish detailed baseline datasets on the condition of the marine environment and develop a consistent monitoring regime for priority areas, including degraded and high use areas.

3.12 Support volunteer Coast care groups to build the communitie’s capacity to manage the marine environment.

50

3.2 Marine Contamination

Key Findings:  The condition of the marine environment is generally very good, with the Hardy Inlet being the most affected, with several other locations exhibiting minor localised impacts.  Baseline data and long term monitoring of contaminant levels in marine waters adjacent to the Shire is limited but some studies have been undertaken in Hardy Inlet.  Primary environmental pressures are reduced water quality from increased nutrient and sediment loading.  The threat of marine contamination from land and marine based sources is likely to increase if appropriate management strategies are not developed and implemented.

Description: Contamination of the marine environment occurs when chemicals, nutrients and other pollutants enter the marine environment in greater concentrations than are found naturally or if they have a detrimental effect on marine habitats and inhabitants. Contaminants enter the marine environment from land and marine based sources and include stormwater runoff, wastewater treatment outfalls, groundwater discharge, port/harbour infrastructure development, hydrocarbon spills, commercial shipping and recreational boating.

Chemicals that are most likely to enter the marine environment include herbicides and pesticides, hydrocarbons and heavy metals. Contaminates that do not readily degrade, can remain in the marine environment for a substantial time. This poses a significant health threat to marine organisms through the bioaccumulation of toxic compounds in their body tissues.

Nitrogen and phosphorous based nutrients pose the most significant threat of eutrophication of marine waters are as they promote primary production such as phytoplankton and algae. Rapid growth in abundance of these species can smother existing marine plant species and rapidly alter marine ecosystems and habitats. In addition to nutrients, when pathogens such as bacteria, toxic algae and viruses enter the environment, there are serious health implications for both marine organisms and humans.

Land based activities can result in sediment entering the marine environment. Sedimentation of aquatic environments affects water quality by increasing turbidity and light attenuation and can smother sensitive marine habitats such as seagrass and macroalgae beds. Significant sedimentation may therefore modify the quality and availability of suitable habitat and food sources for marine organisms, thereby reducing the area’s unique marine biodiversity values. Objectives: To protect and conserve the environmental, social and economic values of the marine environment by:  Identifying sources (land and marine based) of contamination to the marine environment and implement at source control measures.  Managing and utilising coastal and marine resources in a sustainable manner.  Undertaking baseline studies and long term monitoring of environmental values to assess the impacts of contamination. Condition: Indicator CM6: Nutrients entering the marine environment. Many near shore marine habitats adjacent to major settlements within Western Australia and already degraded from contamination have undergone extensive research and monitoring of their condition and the effects and sources of major contaminants.

However, limited information is available on the relatively isolated waters adjacent to the Shire. The latest State of Environment Report for Western Australia indicates the majority of WA waters are in an excellent condition, with pressure from contamination confined to ports, sewerage outfalls and areas adjacent to coastal development (EPA 2007). Within the Shire, there are no major ports so the environment is unlikely to be subject to major contamination from existing coastal infrastructure and maintenance.

51

The only known waters within the Shire where significant nutrient loading occurs is the Hardy Inlet. Hardy Inlet supports a diverse range of plant communities and important feeding grounds for resident and migratory birds. Studies show the water quality and hydrology of the Inlet has changed over time and is under considerable stress from anthropogenic pressures (DoW 2006). As a result, Hardy Inlet has been defined by AGSO Geosciences Australia as a modified estuarine system.

Upper reaches of the Inlet are most at threat, around Molloy Island and estuarine areas of the Blackwood River (DoW 2006). Long term water quality monitoring studies indicate that median concentrations of nutrients are comparable with other south west and south coast estuarine systems. However, each estuarine environment has a unique set of factors determining its condition including climatic conditions, proportion of the catchment that is cleared and the type and management of catchment activities.

Monitoring indicates that the Hardy Inlet is eutrophic, with winter concentrations of nitrogen and phosphorous above ANZECC guidelines (Table CM1). High nutrient levels are likely responsible for the increasing prevalence of macroalgae and phytoplankton blooms and occurrence of toxic (cyanobacteria) and harmful algal species observed in the Inlet (DoW 2006). Stratification and deoxygenation is also commonly observed, with the latter being responsible for fish kill events in 2005 and 2006 (DoW 2006).

Table CM1 Median nutrient concentration values for Hardy Inlet in summer and winter (1999-2006) compared to ANZECC estuarine guidelines (ANZECC 2000) [Source: DoW 2006] Nutrients Summer Winter ANZECC guideline values TN (mg.L-1) 0.36 1 0.75 NH4 (mg.L-1) 0.12 0.01 N/A NOx (mg.L-1) 0.006 0.25 0.045 TP (mg.L-1) 0.02 0.03 0.03 FRP (mg.L-1) 0.005 0.005 0.005

An average of 1,890 tonnes of nitrogen and 156 tonnes of phosphorus is released to the Blackwood and Scott Rivers from the catchments, of which a significant proportion ends up in the Inlet: 1,540 tonnes N, 43 tonnes P (WRC 2002). Vegetation clearing and agriculture are likely to be the primary sources of nutrients into the Inlet.

Loss of fringing vegetation leads to an increase in the amount of nutrients entering waterways and the marine environment, as the capability of waterways to filter pollutants from the catchment is reduced (NRMMC 2006a). The Augusta townsite and Scott River provide additional sources of nutrients to the Hardy Inlet, and ultimately the marine environment.

Most nutrients are transported to the Inlet through rainfall and flow from the Blackwood and Scott River catchments. Flushing of the Inlet during winter rains and tidal exchange during warmer month’s means there may be significant transport of these nutrients to the marine environment, although this has not been quantified. The rate of flushing and exchange is also further influenced by the location of the river mouth which has moved east and the rate of flow between the ocean and the Inlet.

It is uncertain to what extend these modifications to the Inlet can be attributed to human activities in the catchment as increases in nutrient levels may also be caused by the recycling of nutrients during flushing periods. However, on a national scale, around 85% of total nutrient loading to the coastal zone (including near shore waters) is estimated to originate from catchment sources (NRMMC 2006a).

There are three wastewater treatment facilities within the Shire: Gnarabup, Margaret River and Augusta. Of these, only the Augusta facility discharges wastewater into waterways, with 53,847 Kl wastewater in 2003/04 entering sumps that flow into the Redman Brook and then into Flinders Bay (DEC 2006). This may cause localised degradation of the nearshore marine environment through an increase in the amount of nutrients entering the ocean.

Indicator CM7: Other contaminants entering the marine environment. Sediments enter the marine environment primarily through stormwater runoff. Substantial clearing of vegetation on land and along streams and rivers, also leads to an increase in river bank erosion and

52 the transport of sediment into waterways, which then flow into the ocean. Large areas of the catchments of major rivers and tributaries within the Shire have been cleared of riparian vegetation.

The near shore marine habitat adjacent to the mouth of the Margaret River and Deepdene show some signs of degradation through sedimentation (DEC 2006) which primarily occurs during winter months when the Margaret River opens to the ocean. Hardy Inlet experiences increased sediment loading which may threaten to smother nearby significant marine habitats such as macroalgae and seagrasses.

Chemicals and pathogens also pose some threat to marine environmental values. Bacteria and viruses may enter the marine environment through increased recreational boating activities (sewerage discharge) which threaten the health and safety of marine organisms and humans. This was demonstrated in the mid to late nineties, when the pilchard fishery in Western and Southern Australia almost collapsed from an introduced pathogen, a herpes virus for which the Australian pilchard had no historic immunity (Fletcher et al. 1997).

Another potential source of contaminants is future development and disturbance of acid sulphate soils on the Scott Coastal Plain. If inappropriately developed, there is the risk that chemical compounds may leach into surrounding waterways and the marine environment. Pressures: Contamination of the marine environment arises primarily from coastal commercial and urban development as well as marine activities like boating. From these activities, contaminants enter the marine environment through stormwater runoff, wastewater outfalls, groundwater, boat discharge and hydrocarbon spills (Table CM2).

Table CM2: Major anthropogenic contaminants to marine environment [Source: Limbourn and Westera 2006]. Pressures Sources Major stressor Nutrient inputs Land runoff Water quality of catchments Ocean outlets Urban development Sedimentation Land runoff Water quality of catchments Ocean outlets Urban development Dredging Activity Port development Heavy metal pollution (e.g. copper, lead, Urban storm water Urban development cadmium, zinc, mercury, tributyltin) Land runoff Water quality of catchments Other commercial activities Hydrocarbon pollution Urban runoff Urban development Sewage Commercial activities Spills during fuelling Recreational boating Shipping spills Shipwrecks

Organochlorine pollution (pesticides etc) Urban storm water Water quality of catchments Industrial runoff Urban development

Toxic contamination Marinas, harbours, jetties Port and marina development Sewage and micro-organism Ocean outlets Urban development contamination Introduced species Marine transportation Other commercial activities Recreational boating Litter Local catchments Urban development Dumps Other commercial activities Fishers Shipping

With an increasing population, volumes of wastewater discharge will increase. The Water Corporation predict the volume of wastewater discharge at rapidly growing major population centres (Busselton, Bunbury) will significantly increase (Water Corporation 2003), so it is likely smaller towns like Margaret River and Augusta will follow suit, albeit at a smaller scale. If not appropriately managed, this may pose a greater significant risk to the nearshore marine environment.

53 Contamination of the marine environment is usually localised and with the exception of Hardy Inlet, there is believed to be minimal contamination of marine waters adjacent to the Shire. The WA State of Environment Report (EPA 2007) indicates the greatest source of marine contamination from nutrients comes from wastewater discharge. Current Responses: There are numerous coastal policies and strategies that aim to manage coastal activities and development to ensure the marine environment is protected from land based activities that might result in marine contamination. They include the State Water Quality Management Strategy (Government of WA 2003), Country Coastal Planning Policy No. DC 6.1 (WAPC 1989), Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge Policy - Statement of Planning Policy 6.1 (WAPC 1998) and the Stormwater Management Manual for Western Australia (DoE 2004). These management regulations assist to ensure coastal development adheres to water sensitive urban design and establish standards for wastewater discharge and stormwater runoff. The development of coastal infrastructure may also be subject to an Environmental Impact Assessment process before approval from the EPA, Commonwealth, State and local government agencies.

Shire Policies and on ground projects: On a regional and local scale, there are a number of strategies/policies including the Shire’s Water Sensitive Urban Design Policy PE.53 (AMR 2008d) and draft Augusta-Walpole Coastal Strategy (WAPC 2007). The Shire has undertaken several projects that aim to minimise the risk of land activities resulting in contamination of local waterways and the marine environment. In conjunction with the Cape to Cape Catchment Group (CCCG), the Shire has constructed bioretention basins to assist with protecting and conserving the water quality of Margaret River and tributaries from the townsite catchment area. The basins are designed to remove sediment, litter, bacteria and other microorganisms from the water before it reaches waterways and the ocean (D. McKenzie pers. comm. 2008).

In 2002, the Shire undertook a collaborative education program with the Blackwood LCDC and the CCCG called the Leafy Sea Dragon Clean Drains Program, funded by the NHT and Coastcare. The objective was to raise community awareness of the importance of protecting the adjacent marine environment and its inhabitants. It highlighted stormwater runoff from the land as being a major source of contaminants threatening the marine environment (Coastcare 2002). The project involved painting drains with ocean scenes and the distribution of posters and stickers to the community and local media articles (Figure CM6).

Figure CM6 Stickers, posters and fridge magnets were produced by the Shire to highlight how activities on land impact on the marine environment (Coastcare 2002)

Water Quality Monitoring: Water quality monitoring of Hardy Inlet will continue to provide long term data on the condition of the Inlet. A report compiled for the South West Catchment Council (Limbourn and Westera 2006) indicates that the DoW will implement further research in the Hardy Inlet in the near future to identify and detail land based contaminant threats as part of a ‘Nearshore Contaminants’ project.

54 Proposed Capes Marine Park: The future designation of the marine environment adjacent to the Shire as a marine park will provide a marine management framework for the DEC to manage multiple uses of the environment. Under the Conservation and Land Management Act 1984 and Conservation and Land Management Regulations 2002, the diverse environmental, economical and social values of the area will be protected, conserved and enhanced.

Implications: There are numerous environmental implications arising from contamination of the marine environment. Contaminants have the ability to either persist in the environment or result in temporary, short term impacts. While there are localised signs of contamination and damage at Hardy Inlet and major river mouths, the majority of the marine environment adjacent to the Shire appears to be under minor threat from contamination.

However, pressure on the environment will increase from increased wastewater discharge, vegetation clearing and boating activities associated with an increasing population and tourism. Significant quantities of contaminants entering the marine environment will result in localised degradation of marine habitats, particularly adjacent to settlements and areas of high visitor use. This will contribute to a loss of species and reduction in marine biodiversity, as well as having negative impacts on the economical (i.e. fishing, tourism) and social (i.e. aesthetic, health) values of the area.

Actions:

3.13 Participate, support and facilitate research to identify the major marine contaminants entering the marine environment.

3.14 Investigate the source of contaminants from land (and marine) based activities in catchment basins to understand the relationship between the land and the ocean.

3.15 Participate, support and facilitate undertaking of baseline studies into the extent of marine contaminants and impact on the marine environment.

3.16 Participate, support and facilitate the monitoring of environmental values to assess changes in condition and impact on the marine environment.

3.17 Implement, maintain and support management strategies and policies to eliminate or minimise environmental pressures through the appropriate management of coastal development.

3.18 Identify and prioritise risks to the marine environs and develop an emergency response procedure for management of contamination events.

3.19 Support further government research to investigate environmental risks to the inshore marine area.

Emerging issues – Introduced marine species:

Introduced marine species are those found in environments that are not their natural habitat. The main vectors for non – native species entering the marine environment are through ship ballast water or from growth on ship’s hulls (biofouling). Most introduced species are benign and do not pose a threat to native fauna and flora but some species flourish and outcompete native species for space and resources. Introduced species have been identified as a major threat to global diversity (EPA 2007). In addition, the Fisheries Research and Development Council consider introduced species and diseases as the greatest threat to the Australian fishing industry (FRDC website). While there are many gaps in knowledge of introduced species in Australian waters, the Department of Fisheries recorded 92 introduced species in Western Australian waters (DoF 2005).

55

Areas most at risk from marine introduced species are waters near ports and harbours, with species thriving in stressed or degraded marine environments. In response to this increasing threat in Australian waters, regulations were established in 2001 under the Quarantine Act 1908 to manage the discharge of ballast water sourced from foreign ports. To manage and minimise introduction of non- native marine species via other vectors such as biofouling, the Australian Government have formed an agreement with the State Governments’ to establish a National System for the Prevention and Management of Marine Pest Incursions (Commonwealth of Australia 2005).

A report into the domestic transport of marine pest by the Commonwealth Government identified that commercial fishing vessels and dredges pose the greatest threat to Australian waters (Commonwealth of Australia 2003). In regards to Shire waters, the greatest threat is predominantly from secondary invasion, where vessels are the vector for transporting marine pests from major hubs (i.e. international ports like Bunbury) to other marine sites such as smaller harbours and anchorages/moorings within the Shire (Commonwealth of Australia 2003). CSIRO Marine Research found that Bunbury harbour supports 14 known introduced species and 3 cryptogenic species (EPA 2007), including the European fan worm (Sabella spallanzanii) which is found at several sites along the WA coastline (Figure CM7). CSIRO have identified the European fan worm as a medium priority species with a reasonably high impact and/or invasion potential. (EPA 2007). While there have been no studies looking at the presence of introduced species in waters adjacent to the Shire, there is conjecture that the European fan worm may be present in the degraded Hardy Inlet as it would provide a suitable sheltered habitat.

Figure CM7. Sabella spallanzanii (NIMPUS 2002)

The lack of baseline data on both endemic and introduced species in marine waters makes management of non-native species difficult. Long term research and monitoring investigating the distribution and impact of introduced species will determine whether introduced marine species pose a significant future threat to the environmental values of the marine environment adjacent to the Shire.

Emerging issues – marine debris:

Marine debris enters the marine environment by means of land and marine based sources. Debris may be in the form of plastic rubbish blown or washed into the ocean from the land, discarded or lost fishing gear and solid non biodegradable materials discarded at sea by ships. Marine debris is a threat to marine animals and to the survival of threatened and endangered species. Marine animals entangled in marine debris may suffer injury or death through restriction in their ability to swim or cause infection, amputation, starvation and drowning. Animals also ingest floating debris, confusing items like plastic bags and balloons for food and may die, starve and suffer internal injuries caused by blockages in their digestive system. Higher trophic level species are susceptible to bioaccumulation of persistent inorganic pollutants (such as polychlorinated biphenyls - PCBs) contained within plastic debris, which can compromise their fertility and immune systems.

Studies have shown that worldwide, over 300,000 marine mammals and one million seabirds are killed by marine debris each year (Limbourn and Westera 2006). In response to this threat the Australian

56 Government listed marine debris as a key threatening process in 2003 under the EPBC Act 1999 and a draft Threat Abatement Plan was compiled in April 2008 to eliminate or reduce the threat of debris on marine animals (Commonwealth of Australia 2008b).

Locally, marine animals have been observed injured or dead as a result of marine debris, predominantly ingestion and entanglement in fishing gear (Figure CM8). The separate entanglement of two humpback whales in 2006, in ‘active’ fishing gear in south west waters indicates that it is not only derelict fishing debris that threatens marine animals. To address this issue, the DEC, in collaboration with the Western Rock Lobster fishing industry, developed a Code of Practice detailing best management practices to minimise the impact on these species (Western Rock Lobster Council c. 2005).

Many actions outlined in the draft Threat Abatement Plan for marine debris are being undertaken in the Shire, with ongoing efforts to remove debris and reduce the amount of marine debris entering the marine environment. Over the past few years, the Shire, the DEC and a local community conservation group Tangaroa Blue have collected debris from more than 30 beaches from Cape Naturaliste to Cape Leeuwin.

Documenting the type and quantity of debris reveals that plastic is by far the most prevalent component, making up approximately 83% of all items collected in 2007 (Tangaroa Blue Website). Information collected on debris composition and quantity is being used to identify and monitor trends in pollution along the Capes as well as identify primary sources. Negotiations are ongoing with the fishing industry to reduce the quantity of industry associated debris (i.e. bait box packing tape, cylume sticks) by changing work practices as well as finding suitable alternative equipment.

With an increasing local population and tourism, marine debris from land and marine based sources will become a greater threat to the marine environment. Current projects and adherence to existing and future management strategies must continue to ensure the issue of marine debris does not develop into a significant environmental pressure within the Shire.

a) b) Figure CM8. (a) At least 5 fishing hooks and line were ingested by a cormorant and caused the animal’s death [J. Liddelow DEC 2007]; (b) the DEC disentanglement team free a humpback whale from lobster gear near Bunbury [Photo: Phil Coulthard].

57

Theme 4: INLAND WATERS

Introduction: The South West corner of Australia is a global biodiversity hotspot, and the waterways, wetlands and other water dependent ecosystems including kast systems are fundamental to this global significance. Inland waters are usually considered within the context of their drainage basins, catchments and discharge zones. These systems are essential for maintaining biodiversity and regulating catchment water balances. They also provide economic and social benefits by providing drinking water and irrigation water supplies, supporting food production and underpinning a diverse array of recreational, spiritual, inspirational, scientific, cultural and educational values. Sustainable management is required to ensure the values of waterways, wetlands and other water dependent ecosystems are maintained. As identified in the Western Australian State of Environment Report many natural water bodies, have become unhealthy or degraded due to the loss of wetland and riparian vegetation, soil erosion and sedimentation (eg filling in river pools and channels), weed invasion, regulation of rivers by dams and other flow control structures, altered water regimes (due to abstraction, irrigation, drainage and the drying climate), altered fire regimes and reduced water quality (eg increased salinity and nutrients).

Objectives:  Protect and improve the condition and associated values of inland waters to sustain ecosystem health and other beneficial and productive uses.  Reduce and eliminate (where practical) the major environmental issues that degrade, or threaten to degrade, inland waters and associated values.  Manage and use the inland water resources in a sustainable manner and rehabilitate degraded inland waterways where practical.  To prevent the further loss or degradation of valuable wetlands and wetland types, and promote wetland conservation, restoration and creation (in some instances);  To increase community awareness and appreciation of the many values of wetlands and the importance of sound management of wetlands and their catchments in the maintenance of those values. (EPA, 2007)

Indicators:

Head line Indicator IW1: Waterway condition: The River Action planning process completes an assessment of the waterway by providing a detailed description of the current health of the waterway in terms of fringing vegetation, weeds and erosion. It provides information on current management issues, and recommends strategies to address these issues. River Action plans have been undertaken for the Margaret River, Chapman Brook, Willyabrup Brook, Ellen Brook Cowaramup Brook, McLeod Creek (pending), Boodjidup Brook (pending).

A catchment landuse audit which mapped point and diffuse sources of effluent was complete in 2000 followed by a 3 year exit point monitoring study. The results of the study provided good baseline data for the region and priorities for action. A water quality monitoring program such as this one has not been undertaken since this time. Ongoing sampling of this nature would help to detect changes over time.

Headline Indicator IW2: Estuary condition: Estuaries are semi-enclosed coastal water bodies were salt water bodies were salt water from the marine environment mixes with freshwater draining the land. They are well known for their high productivity. Estuary condition is assessed using factors such as catchment vegetation cover, altered

58 water regimes, altered tidal regimes, land and estuary uses, impacts to floodplain and estuary ecology and introduced plant and animals (National Land and Resources Audit, 2002).

The Department of Water has released a condition statement for the Hardy Inlet utilising sampling data they have collated over a number of years from the Hardy and Scott Rivers. The need for a water quality improvement plan for the Scott and Hardy Inlet systems has been indentified and it is anticipated that this will be produced within the next few years to guide future recovery programs.

The Australia and New Zealand Environmental Conservation Council (ANZECC), and the Agriculture and Resource Management Council of Australia and New Zealand (ARMCANZ) have developed comprehensive standards for water quality to support a variety of end uses and environmental requirements (ANZECC and ARMCANZ, 2000). Water quality samples measured against these indicators provide an indication of water quality.

The quantity of water that is available for competing uses and the reliability of the supply are also important indicators. The majority of the water ways in the Shire are now proclaimed and the Department of Water actively manages the allocation of water for environmental, agricultural and other water requirements. The Department of water is also responsible for setting allocation limits on each water resource and the granting of water licences up until this allocation limit is reached. The licensing of water provides an indication of how much water is being used in each catchment against a set allocation limit.

Overall Condition: The surface water and groundwater in the Shire are generally good quality according to the ANZEC water quality guidelines. There are selected areas affected by salinity, excess nutrients and acidity. Towards the end of summer surface water systems typically have reduced or no flow and can experience lower water quality.

Current information on the Hardy Inlet shows the system is eutrophic (nutrient enriched) and under stress, suffering symptoms of stratification and deoxygenation, increased algal growth, with the occurance of toxic algae and fish deaths. Specific areas in the inlet that are a concern are the upper reaches of the inlet around Molloy Island and the estuarine reaches of the Blackwood River.

Conditions of concern for the inlet include: allocthonous (from outside the inlet) sources of nutrients from the Blackwood and Scott River catchments, allocthonous (from within the inlet) sources of nutrient released from nutrient enriched sediments, the increase in microalgae along the shores of urban impact areas, sedimentation around the mouth of the inlet, reduced flow into the inlet (drying climate), fish kills and toxic algae.

A strong scientific understanding of the water resources is viewed as a keystone to an effective water resource management program. Monitoring of surface water quality and flows is required. This should form part of the overall catchment management program. A Shire wide, regular surface water monitoring program was run between 2000 and 2003 which provided some of the data for this report.

The results of this research provided some good baseline data for the region and a guide to which catchments were a priority for River Action Plans and a regular, ongoing monitoring program should be recommenced to provide an indication of the health of the local river systems and to identify any water quality issue as they emerge. Measurement of actual consumptive use was also identified as important information to support resource management decisions.

59

4.1 Erosion and Sedimentation

Key Findings:  Sedimentation is altering the Blackwood river flows.  Approximately 76% of the Hardy Inlet Catchment (Blackwood River catchment and the Scott Coastal Plain) has been cleared.  Erosion and sedimentation caused by land developments has been identified as an issue particularly for the Margaret River and its tributaries.

Description: Erosion and sedimentation are naturally occurring riverine processes, but these processes can be accelerated when the channel becomes unstable. The causes of channel instability relate to changes to the hydraulic and sediment balance of the waterway. These may be caused by human interference such as catchment clearing or urbanisation.

The primary cause of accelerated erosion and sedimentation is clearing of vegetation. Catchment clearing increases surface water run-off into a waterway. The channel then widens and deepens to adjust to the new amount of flow. This process often leads to an oversized channel where there is little vegetation to protect and support the banks. Deposition of sediment from the channel or through broad catchment erosion can cause the filling of river pools, smothering aquatic habitat, reduction of channel capacity (water and Rivers Commission 2000).

Objectives:  To reduce waterway erosion due to human activities and reduce the adverse effects of sedimentation processes in surface waters.  Rehabilitate valuable surface waters affected by erosion or sedimentation where there is damage, or increased risk of damage, to environmental values or associated infrastructure. (EPA 2007)

Condition:

Indicator IW3: Water Turbidity. Measures of turbidity indicate how cloudy or muddy the water is, or alternatively, the degree of clarity. Several types of suspended material cause water turbidity; suspended silt or soil particles, phytoplankton and zooplankton or organic matter.

Figure IW1: Turbid waterway Calgardup Brook tributary 2005

Turbidity is an indicator of erosion from the catchment or the stream banks. It will usually be higher after rainfall if erosion is occurring. The suspended solids in turbid water block the passage of light through the water column. Reduced light limits plant growth and in turn affects the food chain

60 Most South West waterways draining forested catchments are generally low in suspended solids and turbidity. In these areas the presence of healthy fringing vegetation protects riverbanks from erosion and intercepts soils eroded from catchments. However, waterways draining agricultural catchments tend to have higher suspended solids or turbidity (EPA 2007).

Figure IW2: Box plot of turbidity data 2001 - 2003

100

80

60

40

20 Turbidity (NTU) 0 Rushy Creek Turner Brook Margaret River Glenarty Creek McCloud Creek West Bay Creek Boodjidup Brook Calgardup Brook Gunyulgup Brook Payne Stream -05 Payne Stream -09 Cowaramup Brook Willabrup Brook -06 Willyabrup Tributary Chapman Brook -12 Chapman Brook -13 Chapman Brook -05 Combined Chapman Willyabrup Brook -91 Willyabrup Brook -14 Margaret River North Margaret River South Upper Chapman Brook

Water Quality Monitoring undertaken in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire Region 2001-2003 indicates that over 75% of the Median values for turbidity were within what is considered by Davis (2002) (in parameters for Western Australian wetlands) to be clear (<10 NTU,) turbid water is >10NTU. High values were recorded at several sites including Chapman Brook-12 (Bessel Road), Willyabrup-06 (Woodlands), McLeod Creek, and Gunyulgup Brook.

At Rushy creek the peak value (85.8NTU) corresponded with the presence of cattle in the creekline. The remaining peaks may be due to similar events or with the flushing effect of early winter rains. Glenarty Creek, Rushy Creek, the Carters Road Weir, Boodjidup Brook and the Payne Road creeklines were regularly above 10 NTU and were considered to be turbid, the regular occurrences of turbidity signals that erosion could be an issue at these sites. (Shire of Augusta Margaret River 2003)

Waters in the Hardy inlet are generally turbid except in the tidally influenced estuarine channel. Turbidity is particularly high in the estuary over the winter months, as the river flow from the Scott and Blackwood Rivers transport particulate material into the inlet. River flow at this time dominates over river forcing (DoW, 2006). The mouth of the Hardy Inlet is under investigation to address the significant narrowing of the opening which is likely be at least in part influenced by the effects of sedimentation. The Hardy Inlet maintains a permanent connection with the ocean however the position of that connection has changed since early settlement. Longshore drift combined with river flow, storm events and changes to drainage and loss of vegetation that lead to erosion contribute to the transitory nature of the entrance channel (DoW, 2006).

Turbidity readings taken from the Margaret River in 2008 following the first heavy winter rains showed excessive readings; the source of the sediment was traced back to a large subdivision development site where large volumes of sediment where being washed off the exposed soils at such a rate that there was zero visibility through the water column. Incidences such as this have the potential to cause severe environmental impacts.

61

The amount of fine sediment that is deposited in the newly constructed Margaret River rain garden also provides an indication of the volume of sediment present in the CBD catchment, no direct sampling has been undertaken to measure the volume but physical evidence indicates the extent of the problem. The benefit of sediment traps on storm water devices is well demonstrated in this instance with the rain garden capturing and settling out the sediment before it reaches the Margaret River.

Pressures:

Soils are more susceptible to erosion if unprotected by vegetation, or exposed to wind or water flow. Livestock can be particularly damaging if they have unrestricted access to waterways and wetlands. Fringing native vegetation may be trampled or over-grazed, thereby increasing soil disturbance and the potential for bank erosion or mass slumping. Farm machinery and herding of livestock tends to compact soil, thereby increasing the erosive potential of water runoff over land. Waterlogged and inundated areas are also susceptible to water erosion, particularly if stocked or cultivated while wet. Salinisation can also degrade soil structure making the soil more susceptible to erosion.

Figure IW3: Sediment entering Margaret River 2008

Clearing land for development if not appropriately managed exposes soil which can be readily eroded during rain events impacting on downstream wetlands, waterways and drains. In 2008, a rain event resulted in significant erosion of sediment affecting the Margaret River and its tributaries.

Forestry, cropping, viticulture, pastoralism, dam construction, mining activities and fires all have the potential to increase erosion and sedimentation rates once vegetation cover is removed (EPA 2007).

Current Responses:

Soil and Land Conservation Act: The main mechanism for controlling activities causing land degradation in WA is the Soil and Land Conservation Act. The act relates to the conservation of soil and land resources and to the mitigation of the effects of erosion, salinity and flooding.

Agriculture Extension Program: The Department of Agriculture promotes farming methods to minimise land erosion. Grade or contour banks and interceptor drains are used on sloping agricultural land to minimise erosion. Fencing wetlands and waterways from grazing animals is necessary to prevent bank erosion and degradation of fringing vegetation: 45-50% of farmers in the South West agricultural region restrict grazing stock from river and creek frontages.

62 Natural Heritage Trust/National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NHT/NAP) programs: All regional natural resource management groups have recognised erosion and/or sedimentation as a threat to inland waters. These groups develop and implement projects for the management of affected waterways and wetlands, and protection of valued natural assets at risk, including fencing, rehabilitation of river pools, sediment retention devices, ponding banks river action plans and rehabilitation of fringing vegetation.

River Action plans: River action plans have been developed for the Margaret River, Ellen Brook, Wilyabrup, Cowaramup Brook, Boodjidup Brook, Chapman Brook, Rushy Creek, Westbay creek through the Cape to Cape Catchments Group and Lower Blackwood LCDC.

Water Sensitive Urban Design Policy: The Shire has adopted a water sensitive urban design local planning policy which requires the implementation of water sensitive urban design principles in new developments. Erosion and sediment control measures are also required where there is perceived to be a significant risk associated with a development.

The Environmental Protection Authority: The Environmental Protection Authority has a rating procedure in place to determine what level of dust/soil suppression is required at development sites. Large scale earthworks projects are required to address dust/soil management issues and generally employ water trucks to wet down problem areas, particularly during dry, windy conditions.

Stormwater kit for builders: An education resource has been produced to provide information to builders on managing and maintaining clean building sites to reduce the impact of water quality impacted through the stormwater systems. The project was joint effort between the Shires of Augusta Margaret River, Capel, Harvey and the ICLEI water campaign.

Urban water management plans: The Department of Water has recently released guidelines for preparing plans and complying with subdivision conditions relating to urban water management.

Modelling: The CSIRO and the Centre for Catchment Hydrology are currently developing a Sednet software model that predicts sediment loss from catchments and various land use types. The model is intended for use in regional planning and to assist with setting erosion and sedimentation targets (EPA 2007).

Rain Garden: stormwater detention devices such as the rain garden have the ability to settle out sediments before entering the water course.

Implications: Erosion and sedimentation presents a threat to the waterways and has the potential to increase with high density development adjacent to waterways. Effective catchment and waterways management is needed to stop further degradation and reverse damage to the aquatic environment.

Increased sediment in water detrimentally affects aquatic biodiversity. Finer sediment may also carry phosphorus, contributing to eutrophication problems. Sediment build-up can exacerbate flooding where channels have become shallower and outlets blocked. This in turn can increase flood magnitude and frequency, increasing the risk of damage to buildings, roads, bridges, pipes, farmland and other infrastructure.

Deposition of sediments in water supply dams can reduce volume capacity and may require costly treatment to remove sediment and fine particulates.

Erosion of banks can intrude on productive land, forcing landowners to act to stem further loss of valuable land or infrastructure. Often this means fencing and rehabilitating areas much larger than would have been necessary to stop the problem in the first instance (EPA, 2007).

63

Actions:

4.1 Support NRM groups to complete River Action Plans for all waterways and tributaries in the Shire and the implementation of actions to protect and enhance water ways.

4.2 Support Natural Resource Management Groups to undertake foreshore protection, restoration and education activities.

4.3 Encourage the implementation of the Shires water sensitive urban design policy.

4.4 Implement planning controls to protect foreshore areas and ensure that adequate protection measures are in place to minimise the impact of land use and development activities on stream water quality.

4.5 Work with the building industry and developers to reduce impacts of building activities on storm water quality through implementation of the recommendations outlined in ‘Storm water kit for builders.”

4.6 Establish a reporting and penalty system to address developments that breach their planning and building conditions by not adequately managing their building site which allows sediment and waste material to enter the storm water system.

4.7 Design and implement stormwater management systems to include gross pollutant traps, nutrient stripping ponds and stormwater harvesting.

4.2 Salinisation

Key Findings:  Waterways originating in high rainfall (>900 millimetres) coastal areas and forests are generally fresh, with very little or no salt.  All Conductivity values taken from the creek lines sampled during the 2001 -2003 monitoring program were found to be within an acceptable range.

Description: Salinisation of land and water is largely due to widespread land clearing and replacement of native vegetation with shallow rooted annual crops and pastures that use less water. This alters the natural water balance of the land. Rainfall not used by vegetation seeps into the soil, passes the root zone and adds to groundwater stores. Over time, groundwater stores increase at a much faster rate than would otherwise occur naturally, causing water tables to rise and bringing salt stored in the soil to the surface. This is expressed as saline seeps and salt scalds, which allow for rapid runoff of salty water to nearby streams, rivers and wetlands.

Salt is also transported by groundwater flow although this process occurs at a much slower rate. Salinisation of inland waters typically affects the South West agricultural parts of the State, where dryland salinisation occurs (EPA 2007).

Objectives:  To protect and restore key water resources to ensure salinity levels are kept to a level that permits safe, potable water supplies in perpetuity.

64  To protect and restore high value wetlands, waterways and natural vegetation, and maintain natural (biological and physical) diversity in areas affected by salinisation. Condition: Indicator IW4: Salinity levels in waterways. Waterways originating in high rainfall (>900 millimetres) coastal areas and forests are generally fresh, with very little or no salt. Further from the coast rainfall decreases, a greater proportion of land has been cleared, and waterways have become more saline.

The Blackwood River, which was once fresh, is now predicted to export one million tonnes of salt each year (Figure IW4; Mayer, Ruprecht & Bari, 2005).

Figure IW4: Blackwood River salinity

Data source: Mayer, Ruprecht & Bari (2005). Note: mg/L TDS, a measure of salinity, represents milligrams per litre of total dissolved salts; 'flow-weighted' means the data is adjusted for the effects of flow.

Originally, the Blackwood River was fresh enough to supply water for domestic uses to the towns along its route. Clearing of the Great Southern and Wheatbelt lands for agriculture has made the river flows from the upper catchment too salty for this purpose. Although the water quality is no longer suitable for domestic supplies, the Blackwood River from Boyup Brook to the Southern Ocean at Augusta is attractive scenically, important for wildlife conservation and is valued for recreation and cultural activities.

Figure IW5: Hardy Inlet Augusta 2003

The Leederville and Yaragadee aquifers discharge fresh water into the Blackwood River system throughout the year. An estimated 10 to 20 GL/year from the South West Yarragadee aquifer enters the Blackwood River about 20 km west of Nannup. This forms only a small proportion of winter flows, but makes up the majority of the summer flows in the Lower Blackwood River.

65 Salinity levels and river flows for March 2003 show that the river flow increases as it passes through the South West Yarragadee and the salinity falls from approximately 1,750 mg/L to 1,100 mg/L TDS over this stretch of the river (DOE, 2003).

The rise of salinity within the catchment has resulted in impacts upon ecological functions, biodiversity values, the loss of soil productivity, habitat destruction and waterway salinisation, which has contributed to an increase in erosion and biological extinction (DoW 2006).

The saline conditions of the Hardy Inlet are influenced by the seasons. The summer condition when the Inlet is essentially marine (42% of the year) (Imberger 1976, Agnew 1977, Hodgkin 1978). During this time river flow is very low and tidal exchange is a strong influence. Freshwater continues to flow at the head of the riverine section in the Blackwood River, but weak circulation results in stratification across which mixing is inhibited.

The salt-wedge condition is a transition between the summer and winter states which occurs when river flow from the head is large enough to push the marine water in the estuary out towards the mouth (48 % of the year).

The winter condition occurs during the highest river discharges where the estuary is completely flushed of marine water (10 % of the year) (Imberger 1976, Hodgkin 1978); flow is turbulent with vigorous mixing. The whole volume of the estuary can be exchanged in 2 days. (DOW 2007)

Salinity in the Hardy Inlet and its tributaries, the Blackwood and Scott Rivers, range between 0 % and 40% For most of the year the surface and bottom waters remain stratified (by a difference of 5%); it is only during the highest of flows that the water column becomes mixed. Salinity stratification in the Blackwood River is more extreme; a difference of 25 % between the surface and bottom waters.

Figure IW6: Box plot of conductivity data 2001 - 2003

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Conductivity (ms/cm) -5 Rushy Creek Turner Brook Margaret River Glenarty Creek McCloud Creek West Bay Creek Boodjidup Brook Clagardup Brook Payne Stream 05 Payne Stream 09 Gunyulgup Brook Cowaramup Brook Chapman Brook 12 Chapman Brook 13 Chapman Brook 05 Willyabrup Brook 15 Willyabrup Brook 14 Willyabrup Brook 91 Willyabrup Brook 06 Combined Chapman Margaret River North Margaret River South Upper Chapman Brook Salinity can be measured by either Total Dissolved Salts (TDS) in mg/L or as Electrical Conductivity (EC) mS/cm. The salinity in a natural stream is generally greatest at the end of the dry season due to ground water rises, accumulation of salts in the landscape and evaporation from river pools. As flows develop the salts are diluted and gradually flushed from the system, consequently minimum concentrations are experienced at the onset of spring when winter flows subside.

66 The 2001 -2003 water sampling presented in Figure IW6 indicate the sites that have recorded higher salinities include the Turner Brook, Boodjidup Brook, Gunyulgup, and the Calgardup Brook all of which were situated on the limestone ridge. Limestone leads to higher (EC) because of the dissolution of carbonate minerals, West Bay creek is likely to be influenced to the estuarine waters of the Hardy Inlet.

Scatter plots from the 2001-2003 Water Quality Monitoring Program In the Augusta-Margaret River Shire Region show a common pattern of higher levels of conductivity recorded at the beginning and end of each summer/autumn sampling period, generally when creek flows are at their minimum. The first runoff from the catchment may contain dissolved salts leading to an initial peak in conductivity.

The newly wetted sediments are also likely to release nutrients, causing a brief peak in dissolved macronutrients. (Boulten and Brock pg 154) All Conductivity values in the sites sampled were found to be within an acceptable range (Augusta-Margaret River Shire 2003).

Indicator IW5: Oxygen levels in waterways. Surface waters are well oxygenated, between 6 and 12 mg.L1. Concentrations in the bottom waters vary between 0 and 6 mg.L-1. Oxygen depletion is more obvious in the estuarine reaches of the Blackwood River which is deeper and more prone to stratification; bottom water concentrations are frequently below 2 mg.L-1. In the Inlet bottom waters may be below 4 mg.L-1 for extended periods.

These waters also have a high organic load which could also lead to a depletion of oxygen in the water column as the particulate matter decomposes. (DOW 2007). Strong salinity stratification and subsequent deoxygenating events have been identified particularly around Molloy Island.

Figure IW7: Oxygen Stratification Hardy Inlet (DoW 2006)

Pressures: Salinisation of land and water is largely due to widespread land clearing and replacement of native vegetation with shallow rooted annual crops and pastures that use less water.

The attraction of using deep drainage as a quick fix for agricultural production in the upper reached of the Blackwood catchment may have unintended long-term consequences for the environment. Drainage water discharged from the upper reaches of the Blackwood River into natural waterways and wetlands has the potential to severely impact on the health of the receiving ecosystem through addition of water, salt, nutrients, sediment, heavy metals and acidity.

There are widely differing opinions about the efficiency of deep drainage; however, the environmental impacts are real and deep drainage remains subject to environmental harm provisions under the Environmental Protection Act 1986 and may result in prosecution (EPA 2007).

67 Current Responses:

Soil and Land Conservation Act: The main mechanism for controlling activities causing land degradation in WA is the Soil and Land Conservation Act. The act relates to the conservation of soil and land resources and to the mitigation of the effects of erosion, salinity and flooding.

State Salinity Strategy: This strategy was released in 2000 by the State Salinity Council, whose aim was to reduce and manage salinity in the South West agricultural region. It promotes a partnership-based approach, development of prioritisation tools, improved protection and conservation mechanisms, further research and ways to assist the farming community move to more sustainable production systems.

In response to the strategy, the State Government formed the Natural Resource Management Council, initiated a prioritisation methodology (known as the Salinity Investment Framework), and has promoted a stronger strategic role for regional natural resource management groups in managing salinity.

Natural Heritage Trust/National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NHT/NAP) programs: These two Commonwealth programs aim to ensure on-ground environmental improvements occur via a targeted strategic approach at the regional level.

Natural resource management groups in the South West, South Coast, Swan, Avon and Northern Agricultural areas have recognised salinisation of inland waters as a threat to natural resources and have projects to manage and protect valued natural assets considered at risk. Irrigation salinity has been recognised by the Rangelands regional group as a threat in the Ord River catchment. Implications: Excessive salinisation of inland waters can result in significant change within the aquatic ecosystem. Not only does waterway and wetland vegetation die because of rising salinity, but habitat is lost and plant and animal populations decline (Cale, Halse & Walker, 2004). Salinisation reduces soil structure stability which exacerbates soil erosion processes. This can lead to filling of river pools and wetlands through sedimentation.

Actions: 4.8 Continue the Land Monitor program to provide five-yearly updates of the extent of land salinisation in the South West and incorporate land monitor data into future State of the Environment reports. 4.9 Encourage and support catchment management groups to assist landholders in the upper reaches of the Blackwood catchment to manage salinity.

68

4.3 Eutrophication

Key Findings:  Estuaries in the South West are particularly vulnerable to nutrient enrichment, as they have evolved under naturally low nutrient conditions.  Short-term changes (1997-2003) in nitrogen and phosphorus levels have been noted for some rivers. Further analysis is required to determine if these are indicative of longer-term trends linked to catchment land uses, management practices, altered flow regimes or changes in rainfall.  The Hardy Inlet in Augusta has been identified as a high risk for significant cyanobacteria blooms which will impact on recreation.  Intensive land uses in high rainfall areas of the catchment close to the Hardy Inlet contribute disproportionately large amounts of nutrient to the environment compared to areas further east. Management actions aimed at reducing the amount of nutrient reaching Hardy Inlet should concentrate on these land uses (DOW 2006).

Description: Eutrophication refers to the ecological changes that result from excess levels of nutrients in waterways and wetlands, often resulting in prolific aquatic plant growth and algal blooms. Nitrogen and phosphorus are usually the most important nutrients that influence this process but other micronutrients can also play a role. Although eutrophication is a slow natural process, it is dramatically accelerated by artificially high nutrient levels. Nutrients can either come from diffuse sources (such as fertiliser runoff from farms or urban areas), or via point sources from specific locations (such as sewerage treatment facilities or livestock feedlots). Other factors contributing to eutrophic conditions include stagnation of water, accumulation of fine sediment (with phosphorus attached) and continual accumulation and decay of organic matter. Loss of fringing vegetation can also increase water temperature and light availability, thereby enhancing the potential for algal blooms to occur. Excess nutrients in water often result in algal blooms, proliferation of weeds and pests and other ecological changes. If persistent, this may result in a simplification of an ecosystem and a loss of biodiversity. Excessive weed and algal growth may also render some wetlands and waterways unsuitable for use as water supplies or for recreation, and may also increase the risk of flooding. Some species of algae (e.g. blue-green algae) produce toxins which can be harmful or even fatal to humans, fish and animals. Fish deaths are also commonly associated with decomposing algal blooms, which causes de-oxygenation of the water. Many algal blooms also cause unsightly water discolouration and foul odours as they decay (EPA 2007). Objectives:  Manage nutrient inputs to inland waters to minimise impact on human health, the environment and associated values.  Reduce the frequency and intensity of toxic or nuisance algal blooms caused by nutrient pollution. Condition: Indicator IW6: Number of Eutrophic Waterways. Estuaries in the South West are particularly vulnerable to nutrient enrichment, as they have evolved under naturally low nutrient conditions and many catchments now support intensive land uses. Nutrient levels vary significantly in South West estuaries and are related to estuary size, rate of flushing and catchment land uses. Estuarine nutrient levels are generally stable over time, requiring several decades of monitoring to detect change. Low nutrient levels are typically found in rivers with forested catchments. High levels of nutrients are usually found in waterways draining cleared urban and agriculture catchments. Many of these waterways have catchments with coastal sandy soils that are well known for leaching nutrients (EPA

69 2007). Algal blooms and associated events such as fish kills, unpleasant odours, mussel contamination and closure to recreation regularly affect many rivers and estuaries in WA. Hardy Inlet: Current information on the Hardy Inlet shows the system is eutrophic (nutrient enriched) and under stress, suffering symptoms of stratification and deoxygenation, increased algal growth, with the occurance of toxic algae and fish deaths. Specific areas in the inlet that are a concern are the upper reaches of the inlet around Molloy Island and the estuarine reaches of the Blackwood River. Conditions of concern for the inlet include: allocthonous (from outside the inlet) sources of nutrients from the Blackwood and Scott River catchments, allocthonous (from within the inlet) sources of nutrient released from nutrient enriched sediments, the increase in microalgae along the shores of urban impact areas, sedimentation around the mouth of the inlet, reduced flow into the inlet (drying climate), fish kills and toxic algae (DOW 2006).

Figure IW8: Algae Hardy Inlet 2008

70 Figure IW9: Conceptual model summarising the current condition of the Hardy Inlet under typical wet winter conditions (DOW 2006)

Figure IW10: Conceptual model summarising the current condition of the Hardy Inlet under typical dry summer conditions(DOW 2006)

71 Figure IW11: Conceptual model summarising the current condition of the Hardy Inlet under atypical summer flood conditions(DOW 2006)

The Blackwood and Scott River catchment encompass an area of 2.25 million hectares, which has large variations in physiography, rainfall, soil type and landuse. The catchment is approximately 76% cleared and supports many different landuses, from grain and sheep farming in the east to horticulture and dairy farming in the high rainfall areas in the west. The catchment outlet is the Hardy Inlet at Augusta. Aggregated emissions on total nitrogen (TN) and total phosohorus (TP) to the environment from diffuse and point sources in the catchment are modelled with the Catchment Management Support System (CMSS). These are reported to the National Pollution Inventory for each landuse in specified subcatchments. Intensive landuses in high rainfall areas of the catchments close to the Hardy Inlet contribute disproportionately large amounts of nutrient to the environment compared to areas further east. Management actions aimed at reducing the amount of nutrient reaching the Hardy Inlet should concentrate on these land uses (DoW 2006). The total average annual TN export to the Hardy Inlet is more then 1237 tonnes, as the sites closest to the inlet from which TN loads are calculated Brennans ford in the Scott River and Hutt Pool on the Blackwood River – have estimated average annual loads of 174 and 1163 tonnes respectively. Similarly, the total average TP export to hardy Inlet is estimated to be more than 42 tonnes (19.8 tonnes from the Scott River and 22.3 tonnes from the Blackwood River). (DoW 2006) Indicator IW7 : Nitrogen levels in waterways. Total Nitrogen is made up of nitrate, nitrite, ammonium and organic nitrogen. Organic forms cannot be taken up by plants and therefore do not contribute to eutrophication. Inorganic forms (remaining components) however, are readily available for plant metabolism and therefore have the potential to contribute to nuisance plant growth in waterways resulting in eutrophication.

72

Figure IW12: Box plot of total Nitrogen data 2001 – 2003

5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0

TN (mg/L) 0.5 0.0 Rushy Creek Turner Brook Margaret River Glenarty Creek McCloud Creek West Bay Creek Boodjidup Brook Calgardup Brook Gunyulgup Brook Payne Stream -05 Payne Stream -09 Cowaramup Brook Willyabrup Tributary Margaret river North Chapman Brook -12 Chapman Brook -13 Chapman Brook -05 Combined Chapman Willyabrup Brook -14 Willyabrup Brook -91 Willyabrup Brook -06 Margaret River South Uopper Chapman Brook

The results from the Shire 2001 – 2003 sampling show that 78% of the samples sites collected over the monitoring period exceeded the ANZECC guidelines for total Nitrogen (1.2 mg/L) (figure 8). This generally occurred during the first flush with the onset of winter flows. The Willyabrup Brook-91 on Miamup Track and the combined Chapman both experienced total nitrogen levels (5mg/L and 5.4 mg/L respectively). Willyabrup Brook-91(Miamup Track), Glenarty Creek , Turner Brook, Pain Rd, and West Bay Creek were all annually above the guideline level prior to the first flush of the season. These high concentrations of nutrients have the potential to trigger algal blooms if the right circumstances are created. Indicator IW8: Phosphorus levels in waterways. Phosphorus is the plant macronutrient most commonly associated with eutrophication. The landscape is deficient of phosphorus therefore any detection of Phosphorus is likely to be due to imported application. Inorganic phosphate (orthophosphate) bonds to the surface of soil particles and thus much of the phosphorus in water may be associated with suspended sediments.

73

Figure IW13: Box plot of total phosphorus data 2001 - 2003

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5 TP (mg/L)

0.0 Rushy Creek Rushy Turner Brook Willyabrup -91 Margaret River Glenarty Creek McCloud Creek West Bay Creek Bay West Boodjidup Brook Calgardup Brook Gunyulgup Brook Payne Stream -05 Payne Stream -09 Cowaramup Brook Willyabrup Tributary Chapman Brook -12 Chapman Brook -13 Chapman Brook -05 Combined Chapman Willyabrup Brook -14 Willyabrup Brook -06 Margaret River North Margaret River South Upper Chapman Brook

All median concentrations of total Phosphorus were well below the guideline level of 0.065mg/L (ANZECC 2001) (figure 9). There were however peaks at Chapman Brook-12 (Bessell Road), Chapman Brook-13 (Bridgelands), Willyabrup Brook -91 (Miamup), Willyabrup Brook-06 (Woodlands) along the Wilyabrup Brook and Turner Brook throughout the study period. These peaks roughly correspond with peaks in turbidity values suggesting that erosion is contributing to elevated phosphorus concentrations in waterways (Augusta-Margaret River Shire 2003). Indicator IW9: Algal Bloom occurrence in waterways. Studies undertaken by the Department of Water in the Margaret River estuary in 2006, showed that the four sites sampled were classed according to the Nation Health and Medical Research Council guidelines as environmentally satisfactory with respect to phytoplankton densities. Some sites recorded potentially toxic species of cyanobacterium but in low densities. Nitrite and Nitrate samples exceeded the ANZEC guidelines at all sites on two occasions. Algal blooms and associated events (such as fish kills, unpleasant odours, muscle contamination and closure to recreation) regularly affect many rivers and estuaries in WA. Most are situated in the state South West and many are at risk of toxic, blue green algal blooms including those due to Nodularia, Anabaena and Microcystis species. Blue-green algae are not the only types of bloom organisms, with some dinoflagellate and diatom species capable of producing toxins that accumulate in shellfish, cause fish deaths, and irritate swimmers. Harmless algal blooms are also capable of causing discolouration of waterways and causing foul odours and deoxygenation events as they decompose (EPA 2007). The Hardy Inlet in Augusta has been identified as a high risk for significant cyanobacteria blooms which will impact on recreation. In the past the Hardy inlet has experienced several algal blooms. Catchment modelling indicates that agricultural activities contribute most nutrients to rivers and estuary (about 70%) Developed urban areas represent about 6% of catchment area but contribute about 30% of nutrient input. The document titled towards a State wide Algal Management Strategy launched by the Minister for environment in 2005 has recognised the Hardy inlet as a key area at threat of increasing algal blooms which will impact on recreational waters.

74

Figure IW14: Filamentous green algae (Cladophora sp.) growing on rocks adjacent to Molloy Island caravan park. Accumulations of these sorts of algae are usually an indication of eutrophication. (DOW 2006) Pressures: Nutrients are transported to inland waters by either point or diffuse sources. Point sources (such as septic tanks, sewage treatment plants, landfill sites, industrial waste, and intensive livestock industries including piggeries, dairies and feedlots) can contribute high levels of nutrients from small areas. The coastal towns of Gracetown, Prevelly and large part of Augusta rely on onsite subsoil effluent disposal systems. In contrast, diffuse sources including urban gardens, stormwater and farmland generally contribute nutrients from a widespread area. Nutrient transport through catchments can be very fast in areas with sandy, wet soils. In contrast, soils with a high clay, loam or iron content help to bind nutrients and minimise algal bloom risk to inland waters. Clearing of vegetation or harvesting of crops can reduce uptake of soil nutrients, which may subsequently be lost to inland waters. Nutrient loss may also be enhanced where erosion or acidification processes occur. Uncontrolled livestock access to waterways and wetlands can damage fringing vegetation and contribute nutrients from faecal waste. Altered water regimes may also exacerbate algal blooms, particularly when water levels are significantly reduced and waters stagnate. Poor land use planning in the past has contributed to eutrophication problems, with a lack of consideration given to the proximity to sensitive environments of nutrient-intensive land uses. One of the major and most widespread sources of nutrients to inland waters is from fertiliser applied to residential lawns and gardens, broadacre farms and horticulture. There is a tendency for some householders to over-fertilise lawns and gardens in the false belief that more fertiliser results in a greener garden. Lack of soil testing by farmers also results in excessive fertiliser application to crops or pastures. With only about 10% of Australia's population, WA is one of the largest consumers of fertilisers. In 2002, 399 000 tonnes of nitrogen-based fertiliser (26% of Australia's total use), 428 000 tonnes of phosphate-based fertiliser (24% of Australia's use) and 495 000 tonnes of compound and blended fertiliser (28% of Australia's use) were applied to WA soils (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2002). These levels of application are in part attributed to the State's nutrient deficient soils and large wheat crop production (EPA 2007). Current Responses: Department of Water: The Department of Water (Bunbury) currently coordinate an environmental monitoring program on the Hardy Inlet. This program involves monthly or fortnightly water quality data collection (depending on the time of year). A condition Statement was prepared for the Hardy Inlet in 2006.

75 Fertiliser action plan: The Western Australian Government aims to reduce the amount of phosphorous entering sensitive waterways through a number of measures including a policy that restricts the application of highly soluble phosphorus fertiliser (HWSP) within a Low Water Soluble Phosphorus Fertiliser (LWSP) zone on the coastal plain. A Department Agriculture and Food Western Australia role will be to help develop strategies to implement the Fertiliser Action Plan (FAP) while minimising impacts on farm productivity and profit. The Scott Coastal Plain has been identified as a priority area for management.

Best Farms program: The Blackwood Basin Group are implementing a program called Best Farms which assists land holders to develop an Environmental Management Systems for property. BestFarms was developed to assist landholders in managing environmental impacts on their properties and to gain recognition for their environmental stewardship.

Each BestFarms EMS workshop shows participants how to identify the environmental impacts on their property and to develop, implement and monitor an action plan which will provide a systematic and sustainable approach to profitable environmental practices.

Soil sampling: The Lower Blackwood LCDC has been involved in a program engaging landholders to sample soils and better understand there fertiliser requirements which impact on water quality. The program was undertaken across 7 catchments in 2006 with the aim of educating growers within the catchment to improve sustainability and viability of there soils through a better understanding of the state of their soils. The Action guided by this knowledge will improve soil fertility, reduce nutrient leaching and improve water quality throughout the catchment.

State Algal Bloom Management Strategy: A draft strategy has been developed by the Sate Government with the intention of further developing an understanding of the causes of algal blooms, maintaining surveillance of susceptible waterways, reducing nutrient inputs, enhancing community understanding of algal blooms, and developing appropriate nutrient management options.

Natural Heritage Trust/National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NHT/NAP) programs: All regional Natural Resource Management groups have recognised eutrophication as a major threat to inland waters. They are implementing projects to manage nutrient export to affected waterways and protection of valued natural assets at risk. The Coastal Catchments Initiative is a NHT sub-program that focuses on reducing nutrients discharged to coastal hotspots, through development of water quality improvement plans and funding of related projects. Identified hotspots in WA include the Peel- Harvey, Vasse-Wonnerup and Swan-Canning estuaries and Geographe Bay.

Waste water: The Water Corporation is overseeing the replacement of household septic tanks with connection to deep sewerage. Before the program began in 1994, 25% of Perth properties and 40% of country properties were using septic tanks. When the program is completed in 2019, an extra 100,000 properties will be connected to deep sewerage, diverting many hundred tonnes of nutrients from entering inland water (Water Corporation, 2004).

Agriculture Extension Program: The Agricultural Extension Program develops and demonstrates to farmers effective agricultural practices that reduce or eliminate nutrients leaching from farms including soil testing to determine application rates, soil tillage, and erosion control.

Stormwater Management Manual: A Stormwater Management Manual has been developed by the Department of Water to provide policy, planning principles, and on-ground best practice advice for the management and reuse of stormwater.

Dairycatch: The DairyCatch program is promoting the wide-spread adoption of environmental best management practice across the WA dairy industry. DairyCatch has targeted the issues of effluent management,

76 nutrient management and water use efficiency, recognised as having the greatest short-term impact on the sustainability of dairying in WA.

DairyCatch has five modular components that operate concurrently and complementarily. These include the planning support & implementation grants scheme, the monitor farm network, benefit to cost analysis based on case studies and the documentation of environmental best practice guidelines.

Greener pastures: Greener Pastures program is Western Dairy’s flagship project. This five-year intensive farming systems project will help farmers make use of nutrients, especially nitrogen. A key industry strategy to increase pasture production is the use of nitrogen fertiliser.

Nitrogen use on WA dairy farms has increased sixfold between 1990 and 2003 but it appears that much of this extra nitrogen is not being turned into milk. Greener Pastures aims to clearly define the milk production response to nitrogen fertiliser in a pasture system and to demonstrate practical ways to use nitrogen more profitably. Wine Watch: The collaborative project will examine the constituents found in wine industry waste and determine better ways to manage the winery waste. Participants in the WineWatch wastewater project include Curtin University, the Cape to Cape Catchments Group, and members of the wine industry.

Rain garden: Improved storm water management practise have resulted in the installation of interception devices to remove contaminants prior to discharge to waterways. The recently constructed Margaret River Rain Garden filters Stormwater from the Margaret River CBD prior to entering the Margaret River.

ICLEI Water Campaign: The Water Campaign™ is an international freshwater management program which aims to build the capacity of local government to reduce water consumption and improve local water quality. It enables local governments to quantify and qualify water resource use, develop local water action plans, set targets, act on their plans, and track and report goal-achievement. http://www.iclei.org. The Shire adopted a local action plan in November 2007 targeted at achieving a water conservation reduction target of 15% and water quality improvements.

Stormwater kit for builders: The Shire of Augusta Margaret River together with the Shires of Capel and Harvey and the ICLEI water campaign have developed and education resource titled “stormwater management kit for builders” the resource contains folder of fact sheets and best management practice guidelines to assist the building industry reduce there impact on the environment via material leaving the building site through the stormwater system.

Water recycling project: The Margaret River Waste water recycling project proposes to utilise treated wastewater from the Margaret River townsite to water parks, ovals and school grounds and potentially the Margaret River golf Course. This water reuse project is designed to replace the dependency on summer pumping of water from the river and groundwater sources for community parks and recreation areas. Implications: Eutrophic conditions can drastically alter biodiversity in wetlands and waterways, rapidly turning them into algae and weed-dominated systems. Algal blooms, particularly if toxic, can cause fish kills, ruin water supplies, prevent recreational activities and affect amenity values. Nutrient-enriched waters provide ideal habitat for opportunistic aquatic weeds that can rapidly grow and clog irrigation and stormwater pipes. Excessive macroalgae washing up on beaches may cause offensive smells, become a health problem for nearby residents, affect property values and be a nuisance for beach users, fishers and tourists. Nutrient enrichment of groundwater can reduce the suitability of water supplies because of the possibility of nitrate toxicity.

77 Actions: 4.10 Investigate the development of a local law to protect water quality. 4.11 Support the state government’s development and implementation of a State Algal Bloom Management Strategy. (EPA 2007). 4.12 Adopt the government’s targets for reducing nutrient levels in water systems and develop local strategies and actions to protect water ways from the impact of nutrients. 4.13 Work cooperatively with the Department of Water to investigate water quality monitoring programs undertaken in the Scott River and tributaries to determine the impact this system has on water quality in the Hardy Inlet. 4.14 Work in partnership with the Department of Water and NRM groups to develop a Water Quality Improvement Plan for the Hardy Inlet. 4.15 Undertake regular monitoring of shallow ground water bores at Molloy Island to identify any changes to water quality from nutrients and salt intrusion. 4.16 Request the Department of Water to monitor water quality and regularly review of the condition of the Hardy Inlet and other significant water bodies in the Shire. 4.17 Work with the DOW develop and implement a water quality monitoring program for waterways in the Shire to; o establish a detailed baseline dataset on condition of surface water quality and flows o Identify nutrient loads and nutrient hot spots within each catchment area and o to determine if the variations in water quality parameters identified during the 1997- 2003 sampling program, are indicative of longer-term trends linked to catchment land uses, management practices, altered flow regimes or changes in rainfall 4.18 Promote industry group programs such as Dairy catch and Wine watch where the industry association is taking positive steps to address the potential environmental impacts including waste water. 4.19 Investigate ground water quality within urban areas.

4.4 Acidification

Key Findings  Acid sulphate soils in WA commonly occur in low lying wetlands, swamps, estuaries, salt marshes and tidal flats, though they are not limited to coastal areas.  Acidification is a growing problem and requires sound land use planning.  Thirty four percent of the Scott Coastal Plain sub surface soil is at risk of acidification.

Description: Acidification of wetlands, waterways, groundwater and agricultural drains are known to occur in the South West. Natural acidity may occur in some seasonal wetlands and salt lakes due to the natural seasonal wetting and drying cycle or the gradual build-up of sulfides, iron and other trace metals. However, most natural inland waters are neutral (neither acidic nor alkaline). Acidification may be caused by lowering of water tables resulting in oxidation of natural sulfides in rocks, soils or iron rich groundwaters. This triggers chemical and microbiological reactions that generate significant amounts of sulfuric acid, which can be extremely damaging to the environment.

Acidified soils are often called 'acid sulfate soils'. In an undisturbed state below the watertable, these soils are benign and not acidic. Acid sulfate soils in WA commonly occur in low lying wetlands, swamps, estuaries, salt marshes and tidal flats, though they are not limited to coastal areas. Some acid sulfate soils have been found in South West agricultural areas, forming in response to rising watertables and land salinisation.

78 Environmental problems begin to arise when soils are drained, excavated or exposed to air by lowering of the watertable. This may occur during dewatering processes, construction of drains, soil excavation, excessive groundwater use, or excessive planting of trees. Under these conditions the sulfide minerals react with oxygen to form sulfuric acid. Often the soil is unable to neutralise the acidity naturally. Water flowing through acidified soil can then produce acidic inland waters. Although rare, acidification may also result from contamination events and runoff from agriculturally-acidified soils. (EPA 2007)

Inland waters with increasing acidification can severely damage the environment, resulting in simplified ecosystems and a loss of biodiversity. Acid leaching of soil minerals such as aluminium, iron, nutrients, heavy metals and pesticides can also occur, presenting toxicity problems for plants and animals. Affected waters can become acidic chemical cocktails with potential to cause severe damage to infrastructure, water supplies and the environment (EPA 2007).

An illustration of the pH scale measure (acidity or alkalinity) and example values is included in figure 10.

Figure IW15 : pH scale and the acidity of common solutions

Objectives:  To identify inland waters affected by, or at risk of, acidification and apply land management practices to avoid or minimise their disturbance.  To manage and restore valuable inland waters affected by acidification.  Minimise draw down of groundwater in areas of moderate to high risk of ASS

Condition: Indicator IW10: Soil and Water pH. Acidity is a reflection of hydrogen ion concentration in solution and is measured on the ‘pH’ scale. This varies from pH 0 (strongly acidic to pH 14 (strongly alkaline), with pH 7 being neutral. As the pH scale is logarithmic, a fall of one pH unit (say from pH 5 to pH 4) represents a ten-fold increase in acidity. Even a small increase in acidity (i.e. a minor decline in pH) can have serious detrimental effects on biodiversity, especially where there is no history of acidity in an ecosystem (EPA 2007). Soil acidification is an issue of concern in the Scott River Catchment. Thirty four percent of the Scott Coastal Plain sub surface soil is at risk of acidification. Problems with Acid Sulphate Soil (ASS) contributed to the closure of the Beenup mine site in 1999. Area specific tree plantations may also contribute to the slow drying of soils with ASS materials increasing the risk of acidification of the Scott River. Disturbance or drainage of these susceptible soils can lead to increased acidic water and erosion risk, which can result in severe impacts on flora and fauna (DOW 2006).

79 Figure IW16. Box plot of pH at each sampling point 2001-2003

9.0

8.5

8.0

7.5

7.0

6.5

6.0 pH

5.5

5.0 Rushy Creek Turner Brook Margaret River Glenarty Creek McCloud Creek West Bay Creek Boodjidup Brook Calgardup Brook Gunyulgup Brook Payne Stream -05 Payne Stream -09 Cowaramup Brook Chapman Brook 05 Willyabrup Tributary Chapman Brook -12 Chapman Brook -13 Combined Chapman Willyabrup Brook -91 Willyabrup Brook -06 Willyabrup Brook -14 Margaret River North Margaret Margaret River South Margaret Upper Chapman Brook

Results from the 2001 – 2003 water sampling program indicated that pH values were within normal limits at all sites throughout the study period. The Turner Brook Calgardup Brook, Boodjidup Brook, Willyabrup Brook, and West Bay Creek all situated on the limestone ridge, experience more alkaline solutions (figure IW16). All sites on the Willyabrup Brook experienced peak pH readings close to 9. These Ph values may be a reflection of land use practices in the catchment or of soil types and may justify some further investigation. Natural pH tends to be high in limestone areas and low in areas with a lot of organic decomposition (eg. Peat bogs) such as the Margaret River South stream and North stream on the Great North Road. These sites both flow out of state forest and experienced lower pH levels. Generally pH varies considerably at all monitoring sites throughout the period of investigation. Pressures: Acidification of ground and surface waters in coastal plain environments is largely caused by disturbing acid prone soil through land use practises and development. In urban areas, increased and more widespread acidification of inland waters is likely with increasing groundwater use, prolonged periods of low rainfall and the continued use of dewatering practices to enable development of wetlands.

Lowering of water tables and subsequent drying of wetland soils leads to acidification when soils become wet again. Continued development of wetlands will place nearby areas under significant acidification pressures.

Agricultural drainage systems may also contribute to increasing water acidification due to over design of existing drainage networks in combination with continuing declines in annual rainfall.

Existing drains, that were designed and installed during a time of high rainfall, are now resulting in the excess lowering of water tables. If disturbed, areas with acid sulfate soils are likely to export acidity to wetlands and waterways.

80 In agricultural areas, disposal of acid drainage water is posing a significant problem. Fluctuating water tables in the Wheatbelt, caused by altered water regimes, climate variability and management interventions (such as deep drainage and pumping) are increasing the generation of acidic groundwater. Drainage water discharged into waterways and wetlands has the potential to impact on the health of the receiving ecosystem. The risk of downstream impacts may also be much larger when the cumulative effects of many acid drains are added together (EPA, 2007).

Current Responses:

Acid sulfate soil mapping: The Department of Environment and Conservation is currently identifying and mapping the extent of acid sulfate soil risk in coastal areas under high pressure from development.

Planning responses: The Western Australian Planning Commission has released a bulletin containing planning measures to ensure that acid sulfate soils are identified, investigated and managed during land development processes (Western Australian Planning Commission, 2003).

Acid sulfate soils framework: A proposed framework for managing acid sulfate soils (Department of Environment, 2004) has been developed outlining institutional arrangements, monitoring, planning and educational requirements to effectively manage acid sulfate soils. The department has also developed a series of guidance documents to assist in the identification, management and treatment of acid sulfate soils.

Natural Heritage Trust/National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NHT/NAP) programs: Regional Natural Resource Management groups in the South West, Swan, Avon, South Coast, and Northern Agricultural areas have recognised acidification or acid sulfate soils as a threat or potential threat to inland waters. Many regional groups will address this as part of estuary, waterway and wetland management. The regional groups are developing projects for management of affected waterways and protection of valued natural areas. Implications: Acidification is a growing problem and requires sound land use planning. Acid leachate (including heavy metals, minerals, nutrients and pesticides) can impact groundwater and surface waters causing ecological damage to aquatic and riparian ecosystems; damage to estuarine fisheries and aquaculture activities; contamination of groundwater supplies; reduction in agricultural productivity from acidic conditions and metal contamination (predominantly by aluminium); and damage to infrastructure through corrosion of building foundations, bridge supports, jetties, roads, dams, water pumps and underground pipes. Some impacts caused by subtle changes in acidity over a long period may not be apparent until irreversible changes have already occurred. Economic impacts of acidification of inland waters can occur through loss of economic water supplies, increased water treatment costs and damage to infrastructure. In the Wheatbelt the combined effects of acidification and salinisation in inland waters will rapidly accelerate corrosion of infrastructure, impact water supplies and the loss of biodiversity (EPA 2007).

81 Actions : 4.20 Promote the use of Acid Sulphate Soil mapping to assist proponents of land use and development proposals to identify Potential Acid Sulphate Soil (PASS) and ensure that appropriate testing and management practices and put in place prior to disturbing soils at a PASS site. 4.21 Work with Department of Agriculture and Department of Water, industry associations and Landcare to identify the issues and threats associated with Acid Sulphate soils in the Lower Blackwood Catchment. 4.22 Investigate long term lime resources for the benefit of agricultural industry through Natural Resource Planning for the treatment of local acidic soils.

4.5 Altered water regimes

Key Findings:  Alteration of natural water regimes is now recognised as a major contributor to loss of biodiversity and functionality of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems.  Longshore drift combined with river flow, storm events and changes to drainage and loss of vegetation that lead to erosion contribute to the transitory nature of the entrance channel of the Blackwood River.  It is well recognised that dam construction severely modifies natural flow regimes in waterways.

Description: Inland waters have unique natural water and flow regimes influenced by climate, surface runoff, catchment size and geomorphology (Boulton & Brock, 1999). In some WA catchments, water regimes have been dramatically altered from their natural state. This has occurred through artificial increase or decrease of water levels, or alteration to the volume, velocity, duration, timing or frequency of flow events.

Many types of human activities influence water regimes within catchments. Widespread changes to vegetation cover and land uses can affect both surface water and groundwater. Direct interference to a waterway, such as the construction of dams and weirs for water storage and flood protection structures (e.g. drains, levee banks, river training) can modify surface water regimes. Extraction of water for domestic, agricultural, mining or industrial reasons (e.g. pumping, irrigation channels) can also have profound impacts on surface and groundwater regimes.

Alteration of natural water regimes is now recognised as a major contributor to loss of biodiversity and functionality of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. It can modify the values of inland waters and lead to other land and water problems including floods and drought-like conditions, waterlogging, salinisation, eutrophication, acidification and erosion. The maintenance of biodiversity, productive land and water systems depends on ecosystem services that in turn rely on maintenance of natural water balances and flow regimes. In severe cases, excessive alteration of natural water regimes leads to widespread loss of whole ecosystems and water supplies. (EPA 2007)

Objectives:  To maintain or restore (where appropriate) natural flow regimes by encouraging sustainable land and water use in catchments.  To provide for the protection of water-dependent ecosystems while allowing for the management of water resources for their sustainable use and development to meet the needs of current and future users  To maintain or restore (where appropriate) natural flow regimes by encouraging sustainable land and water use in catchments.

82 Condition: Indicator IW11: Impacts on Environmental Steam Flows. Declining rainfall has a magnified effect on stream flow as it is mainly the excess water that isn’t retained on the land that supplements the flows. As rainfall decreases there is a dramatic reduction in the runoff resulting in reduced stream flows. Figures from the Water Corporation show that average stream flow dropped by 48% after the mid 70’s and has dropped a total of 76% since 2001. This has worrying implications for the water supply for natural environments, communities, farming and other industries. Figure IW17 Total Annual flow to Perth Dams

(http://www.watercorporation.com.au/D/dams_streamflow.cfm) It is well recognised that dam construction severely modifies natural flow regimes in waterways. Dams located on streamlines can effect streams and rivers in several ways destroying river habitats and sometimes resulting in erosion and siltation down stream. On-stream dams can also block the passage of fish and other species in both directions and radically change the flow regime (WA Water Resource Council 1992). Downstream flow from dams can be affected and the river environment degraded. However, water released can differ in certain respects from the natural flow. Dam water stored for extended periods can be depleted in oxygen, contains higher nutrient levels and may be released at the wrong time for some species. Such changes could have a significant effect on the river environment downstream. In dry years where a number of dams have been built close together without an environmental flow by pass built into the facility for water release the stream ecology can be significantly impacted.

It has also been recognised that some smaller estuaries, such as the Margaret River estuary, are slowly diminishing due to climate change and increasing extraction of groundwater for a growing population and the vineyard industry (Brearley, 2005). Other long-term changes, including a 50% reduction in volume being discharged by some South West waterways, have been linked to reduce rainfall (Indian Ocean Climate Initiative, 2005a; Water Corporation, 2005).

The Blackwood River and the Scott Coastal Plain are both heavily modified by land-use and economic activity, including a diverse suite of agricultural activities. Progressive clearing of the catchment and changes in land use have changed the characteristics and quality of river flow in the catchment of the Hardy Inlet. Conditions of concern on the catchment include contributions of nutrients, sediments and salt loads to river flow which reaches the inlet, reduction in flow as a result of ground water abstraction, and land use practices that increase the risk of exposure of acid sulphate soils (DOW 2006)

83 Indicator IW12: Demand for Surface water. Increasing demand for surface water due to the expansion of agriculture particularly viticulture and the increasing demand for surface water driven by high land values and the aesthetic values associated with farm dams (DoW 2008) will create more pressure on maintaining the ecological values of water ways. The percentage of river basins that are regulated by at least one major dam. River systems that have water storages are known as 'regulated rivers'. Major storage structures (including dams, weirs and pipeheads) provide water primarily for urban, industrial and agricultural use. Water supply dams, while benefiting humans, impact waterway and floodplain ecology by affecting natural flows and the volume of water reaching downstream areas. Environmental water provisions (water allocated back to the environment from dams) can be made to reduce the environmental impact of river regulation. Most rivers do not have environmental water provisions determined. It is estimated there are several thousand smaller dams and weirs constructed on both regulated and unregulated rivers by local authorities, government agencies and individuals. In these cases the effects of altered water regimes may be relatively minor, but cumulatively the environmental impacts become significant (EPA 20007). During summer, parts of the upper Margaret River dry out leaving only river pools. These pools are used by some direct river pumpers to meet their water needs. Several stakeholders expressed concern that this practice may be damaging ecological values. They noted that these pools provide an important environmental service in providing drought refuge for animals, such as turtles and waterbirds. The Department of Water has discouraged new water users from pumping from the river pools in the summer. Historical users continue to pump from the pools under their water licences. (Beckwith 2006) The Water Corporation is licensed to take 1.0 GL per year to provide drinking water quality supply to the Margaret River Town Water Supply Scheme. This water is sourced from the Ten Mile Brook Dam as the areas develops the pressure on the water resource will increase. Pressures: The Government of Western Australia (2003) have recognised that “Climate change has contributed to a 10-20 percent reduction in rainfall in the south west of the State alone over the last 28 years, a subsequent 40–50 per cent reduction in run-off into our dams and reduced recharge of groundwater.” The most recent climate change predictions indicate that the current dry conditions, which extend to many other parts of Australia, are likely to continue. The South West region is expected to become increasingly warmer and drier in coming years. Increasing temperatures will result in reduced run-off from water catchments, and will lead to increased demand for water by humans, animals and vegetation. Farm dams Farm dams, defined as small on or off-stream storages, play an important role in Australian agriculture as they capture runoff that can be used during dry periods of low to no rainfall. Small dams may store just a few megalitres for stock and domestic use, while larger dams may be used more intensely for irrigation purposes. In many regions, small farm dams, particularly those for stock and domestic purposes, do not require a licence (see table below for definitions and licensing requirements across Australia). Most jurisdictions hold data on the volume of farm dams that are licensed, but have no data on the number and volumes of unlicensed farm dams. In addition, there is very little information available nationally about usage from farm dams of any type or size. In recent years as water has become scarcer, there has been an increase in the proportion of farm dams used for irrigation purposes. While in most cases the impact of an individual farm dam is relatively small, the cumulative impact of the large number of farm dams that exist in many areas of Australia on streamflows can be significant. In particular farm dams normally have the greatest impact on low flows and can cause the delay of the wet season or prolong dry periods. This occurs because the first significant rain after an extended dry period will fill farm dams before reaching streams downstream hence delaying and reducing the magnitude of flows downstream.

84 Forestry New forests (either commercial plantations or environmental plantings / areas of native revegetation) have been shown to have significant impact on catchment yields. This is due to the high water requirements for growth of new forests in the first 4-10 years after planting as well as the higher interception and transpiration rates of forest over grassland The impacts of forestry on catchments is becoming more intensely documented and managed in recent year. Studies into water use by blue gum and pine plantations by CSIRO in south east South Australia have indicated that plantations will use all available water up to the potential evapotranspiration limit. This means that all the runoff and recharge will be intercepted and used by the plantation. Along with the interception of runoff and recharge in the catchment, the plantations may also extract (from the root zone) up to 500 mm/yr from shallow water tables (Benyon and Doody, 2004). Current Responses:

Council of Australian Government (COAG): Ecological water requirements; the COAG Agreement on water reform recognised the environment as a legitimate user of water and that environmental requirements should, wherever possible, be determined using the best scientific information available and have regard for the inter-temporal and inter spatial water needs required to maintain the health and viability of river systems and groundwater basins. Ecological water requirements have been determined for only a small amount of catchments within the Shire.

Rights in Water and Irrigation Act (RiWIA): South West water catchments are now proclaimed under the RiWIA Act. All surface water resources in the Shire to improve water resource security for water users and the environment through licensing. As part of the proclamation process allocation limits will be established for all surface water resources.

Environmental water requirements (EWRs) are water regimes considered necessary to maintain ecological health and protect environmental values, based on risk assessment and best available scientific information. The Department of Water takes the lead in establishing EWRs, although other research organisations and academic institutions are involved in determining EWRs for inland waters.

Water Sensitive Urban Design Policy: The Water Sensitive urban Design Policy aims to facilitate the application of urban water management practices as part of the planning approvals process which results in the sustainable use and management of water resources, demonstrated via commitments to water quality, quantity, recycling and efficiency targets and design objectives for strategic planning, subdivision and development.

International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI): ICLEI has launched an international freshwater management campaign in Australia. The ‘Water Campaign™’ focuses on water resource issues and provides a framework for the systematic identification and evaluation of the water resource management challenges facing local government at the corporate, community and catchment level.

National Water Initiative: In 2006, WA became a signatory to a bilateral agreement with the Commonwealth government which aims to increase the productivity and efficiency of water use, enhanced service to rural and urban communities, and to protect the health of surface and groundwater systems by ensuring sustainable levels of extraction. A draft implementation plan has been released (Department of Water, 2007).

State Water Plan: The State Gpvernment Water Plan was recently released and outlines the policy direction for the sustainable management of water resources, including the development of regional water plans, strategic water issue plans and statutory water management plans (Government of Western Australia, 2007). The plan will also integrate components of the Water Reform program, which aims to reform water entitlements and create a viable water trading system.

85 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Australia: This manual has evolved in recent years on the principle that stormwater is a resource providing social, environmental and economic opportunities. A Stormwater Management Manual for Western Australia builds on the traditional flood protection approach through the inclusion of water quality management, the protection of ecosystems and providing liveable and attractive communities. Margaret River Water recycling project: Waste water from the Margaret River townsite will be treated and used to water parks and ovals and school grounds and potentially the Margaret River golf Course. This water reuse project is designed to replace the dependency on summer pumping of water from the river and groundwater sources for community parks and recreation areas.

Agriculture Extension Program: Water wise on farms program aimed at implementing sustainable irrigation practices. The project is working with a range of agricultural industries to achieve  Irrigation Efficiency (principles to practice) Training Courses for irrigating horticulturalists on techniques and strategies of efficient irrigation,  demonstration sites in existing horticultural sectors (vegetables, turf, avocados, strawberry, pome and stone fruit, table grape, wine grape and nursery) and implement practices used to increase irrigation efficiency at the sites.  Increase general community and horticultural industry awareness and understanding of sustainable irrigation and nutrient management practices.

Using water sustainably in the South West Project: The project is funded with almost $700,000 from the Australian and State Governments. . This project's focus is the Brunswick, Margaret, Capel and Chapman Rivers as well as Willyabrup Brook/Cowaramup Brook and Lefroy Brook catchments. Work to date includes interpreting existing flow records, developing notional estimates of ecological sustainable yield, collecting information for economic evaluation of different scenarios, community consultation and developing flow and hydraulic models for future water requirement studies.

Hydraulic models have been developed across seven rivers to assess various water level scenarios and associated impacts on ecological and social values.

Implications: Modified water and flow regimes can have significant social, economic and environmental impacts. Too much water can result in flooding of ecosystems, infrastructure and communities, and damage productive land. It can also result in the waterlogging and drowning of native vegetation, salinisation, loss of soil health, loss of fauna habitat and a favouring of opportunistic weed species. Too little water results in drought-like conditions, often leading to loss of inland waters, degraded ecosystems, limited habitat, acidification and eutrophication problems, and widespread death where species are unable to adapt to modified conditions. Reduced water availability also limits provision for human consumption, agricultural purposes and recreation. Changes to the timing, duration and frequency of natural flows can be just as harmful, affecting biodiversity by altering natural migration and reproduction patterns of flora and fauna. It is now recognized that adequate water provision to the environment is critical for maintaining ecological functionality of inland waters and neighbouring environments (EPA 2007).

86

Actions: 4.23 Request the Department of Water incorporate an ecological impact assessment into their dam assessment and approval process. 4.24 Encourage the use of off stream dams wherever possible. 4.25 Develop a dam owner’s education and notification program to promote and encourage the maintenance of environmental flows in waterways. 4.26 Support and promote participation in water efficiency programs for the agricultural industry such as the Department of Agricultures water wise on farms programs. 4.27 Support and promote water conservation measures for all sectors of the community and within public space areas.

87

Theme 5 LAND

Introduction: Landscapes include landform, soils, human settlements and all natural resources and ecosystems on the land including inland waters and biodiversity. However, landform and soils are the focus of this theme. The land resource has been highly modified since European settlement. Native vegetation which provides a protective cover for the land, has been removed or degraded in many areas to allow for urbanisation, agriculture, mining, pastoralism, and infrastructure development. Altering land from its natural state inevitably results in changes to soil health and landscape functionality (EPA 2007). Microbial biodiversity and balanced soil systems are known to be the building blocks of all living systems. Soil is a living system with complex biodiversity and chemical reactions. Maintaining soil health is therefore considered an important element for sustaining agriculture, water quality, and the unique biodiversity of the region. The geology of the South West dates back to the Proterozoic period which is the geological era containing the oldest forms of life. The age of the region means that relatively deep soils have developed as rock material has weathered over time (CSIRO, 2005). The Shire of Augusta-Margaret River lies on four physiographic regions (Tille & Lantzke, 1990) comprising the Blackwood plateau, Margaret River Plateau, Leeuwin Naturaliste Coast and Southern Coastal Plain. The Blackwood Plateau is located towards the interior of the Shire and extends past the eastern Shire boundary. The plateau has a gently undulating surface (typically 80 to 180 m above sea level) formed on the laterized sedimentary rocks. The Margaret River Plateau is between 5 and 15km wide and extends from Dunsborough to Augusta. The plateau has formed on lateritized granitic and gneissic basement rock. The Leeuwin-Naturaliste Coast is a narrow strip of land, 0.2 to 6km wide running along the coast from Cape Naturaliste to Cape Leeuwin. Dune sand and Tamala Limestone overlie Precambrian rocks along the coast with numerous caves developed in the limestone. This area is underlain by ancient granite. The Southern Coastal Plain is 15km wide and extends eastward from the Blackwood River. It is characterised by a strip of high dunes running along the Southern Ocean coast. Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Shire, 21,900 hectares has a high or very high land capability, representing 22%. 43,300 hectares of private land has a moderate land capability, representing 44%. The total area of private land in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire with a moderate to very high land capability is 66% compared to 56% in the Busselton Shire and 44% in the Capel Shire (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003).

Objectives:  Reduce degradation of agricultural and public land, and encourage land managers to recover, rehabilitate or manage degraded areas.  Protect and restore high value natural ecosystems and maintain natural diversity – both biological and physical.  Reduce and eliminate where practical the major processes that degrade or threaten to degrade the states land resources and its associated environmental values.  Ensure that land users have production systems based on land capability, innovation and best possible management practices.

88 Headline Indicator L1: Threats to Landform and soil health. Vegetation Clearing: Rates of land clearing provide an indication of land degradation. According to Land monitor satellite images the change in vegetation cover between 1996 and 2004. 64% of monitored bioregions in the South West indicated a net decline and 36% showed a net increase. A decline in South West vegetation cover is likely to have contributed to several land issues including salinisation, erosion and loss of soil health (EPA, 2007).

The Department of Agriculture (2003) developed a program called Ag maps which is used to identify potential agricultural uses and land management needs for the varying soil types across the South West region. The program includes fairly detailed soil maps land capability analysis.

Acid Sulphate Soil: Acid Sulphate Soil risk mapping undertaken across the Shire indentifies areas at high risk of containing Acid Sulphate Soils.

Contaminated Sites: The number of contaminated sites reported to the Department of Environment and Conservation through the Contaminated Sites Act 2003.

Water Quality: Water Quality monitoring results available from the Department of Water sampling programs where turbidity levels and nutrients may be indicators of erosion and loss of phosphorus and nitrogen fertilisers applied to the soil.

Overall Condition:

Soils within the Shire are highly variable in terms of depth, fertility, stability, water holding and water logging potential. There are significant areas of high quality agricultural land with varying capability to support viticultural activities and a small proportion of sites suitable for intensive horticultural production. Significant growth in this region since the 1970’s has resulted in competition for land resources for agriculture, lifestyle lots, subdivisions, tourism, mining and conservation. Careful forward planning is required to ensure that highly productive areas are preserved for food production and that lot sizes remain large enough to ensure their economic viability. Compared to other local government areas in the south west, significant areas of native vegetation have been retained within the Shire. This is largely due to reservation for State forest and conservation reserves. This has afforded the local soils and landforms with a degree of protection.

Emerging Issues –Dryland Salinity: Dryland Salinity is not currently an issue in the Shire however there is evidence that some of the irrigated areas are experiencing increasing salinity. This may become more of an issue in the future. Only 200 hectares of the total 99,100 hectares of private land is under the moderate-high-extreme risk of salinity, and across the Shire the risk proves negligible (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003)

5.1 Soil Erosion

Key Findings:  Coastal areas are highly susceptible to erosion if disturbed.  Erosion of agricultural land leads to the sedimentation and nutrient enrichment of streams as well as loss to important agricultural land.

Description: Soil erosion occurs when soil is blown or washed from the land. Water flowing over exposed ground can mobilise soil and on a larger scale can modify landscapes, contribute to landslides, river bank

89 collapses and the creation of gullies. Wind can mobilise bare dry soil causing dust storms and impact on air quality. Eroded soil is commonly deposited in inland waters causing sedimentation. A certain amount of erosion is natural however human activities can increase the risk of erosion through greater soil exposure and modified soil structures. Activities such as clearing vegetation, bush and stubble fires, mining, earthworks, cultivation and over grazing can all contribute to the erosion potential. The severity of the erosion is also influenced by the slope, soil characteristics, vegetation cover and local climatic events such as droughts, storms, floods and gales (EPA, 2007). Objectives:

 To limit the extent and severity of soil erosion through land management techniques.  Ensure effective stormwater management.  Limit clearing of vegetation and encourage revegetation activities in appropriate locations.

Condition:

Indicator L2: Soil erosion risk The Department of Agriculture and Food has modeled the soil erosion risk for both water and wind based on a number of different factors (refer to figures L1 and L2).

The area of land in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire subject to a high-extreme water erosion risk is 5% (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003). The areas most susceptible to water erosion are those with steep slopes and high rainfall.

Figure L1: Modelled water erosion risk for the Southwest (Department of Agriculture 2003).

The area of land in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire subject to a high risk of wind erosion is 9% and the very high-extreme wind erosion risk is 2% (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003).

90 Figure L2: Modeled wind erosion risk for the Shire (Department of Agriculture, 2003)

The areas most susceptible to wind erosion are generally dry soils and those with a high proportion of fine sands that are exposed to high wind velocities. Coastal sites within the Shire are particularly vulnerable to wind erosion (refer Figure L3).

Figure L3: Blowout Located at Ellensbrook (photo by Peter Tille and Neil Lantzke, 1986) Pressures: Earthworks can significantly increase the erosion potential and contribute turbidity and sediment plumes to local waterways (refer Figure L4). Activities that remove the protective vegetation cover through clearing or grazing, cultivation of crops can change soil structure and chemical composition. Density of livestock or feral and native animals on pastoral land can have a significant influence on soil erosion (EPA, 2007).

91

Figure L4: Severe rill erosion Located at Bramley River Rd and Caves Road Willyabrup (photo by Peter Tille and Neil Lantzke, 1986).

Figure L5: Sheet and rill erosion Located at Karridale (photo by Peter Tille and Neil Lantzke, 1986).

Coastal blowouts are bare, sandy hollows, usually parallel to the dominant wind direction. They are formed by erosive onshore winds funnelling through a weak point or slight depression in the vegetated fore dunes or other dunes where the vegetation has been removed or disturbed. Several coastal locations throughout the Shire have been subject to severe coastal blowouts.

Current Responses:

LandCare: The formation of catchment groups and Land Conservation District Committees (LCDC) has provided a resource for the community to implement sustainable land management practices. Government funding has assisted number of landholders and community groups to implement projects to address erosion issues and actively improve land management.

Coast Care: Community Coast Care funding programs and the work of volunteer groups who have adopted coastal areas and undertaking coastal dune brushing and rehabilitation works of eroding dune systems and providing appropriate access to the coastline.

Soil and Land Conservation Act: The main mechanism for controlling activities causing land degradation in WA is the Soil and Land Conservation Act. The Act relates to the conservation of soil and land resources and to the mitigation of the effects of erosion, salinity and flooding.

92 Natural Heritage Trust/National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NHT/NAP) programs: All regional natural resource management groups have recognised erosion and/or sedimentation as a threat to inland waters. They are proposing projects for the management of affected waterways and wetlands, and protection of valued natural assets at risk, including fencing, rehabilitation of river pools, sediment retention devices, ponding banks river action plans and rehabilitation of fringing vegetation.

Agriculture Extension Program: The Department of Agriculture promotes farming methods to minimise land erosion. Grade or contour banks and interceptor drains are used on sloping agricultural land to minimise erosion. Recent surveys indicate that only 30-40% of farmers in wetter parts of the South West use surface water management practices (Department of Agriculture, 2006). Fencing wetlands and waterways from grazing animals is necessary to prevent bank erosion and degradation of fringing vegetation: 45-50% of farmers in the South West agricultural region restrict grazing stock from river and creek frontages.

Water Sensitive Urban Design: The shire has developed and implemented a Water Sensitive Urban Design local planning policy to guide planning and development processes.

Stormwater Management Manual for WA: The Department of Water has produced a manual outlining the initiatives available to manage the quantity and preserve the quality of stormwater.

Stormwater kit for builders A stormwater kit for the building industry includes best management practice information developed for the building industry to limit their impact on water quality through the stormwater system produced by the Shire’s of Augusta Margaret River, Harvey and Capel together with ICLEI.

Implications: The loss of fertile top soils through erosion can cause exposure of the less fertile and often poorly structured subsurface soils which can have a significant impact on agricultural productivity. The mobile soils may also contain weed seeds and soil diseases (such as dieback). Erosion can undermine infrastructure, clog drainage systems and exacerbate flooding. It can also impact on air quality and reduce water quality in water supplies and river systems (EPA, 2007).

Actions: 5.1 Support Local landcare and catchments groups that assist landholders to address soil degradation issues on private land by continuing to providing an annual contribution for these groups.

5.2 Support community coast care programs and volunteer groups to address coastal erosion issues.

5.3 Support Landcare and Department of Agriculture programs which provide local education programs to assist landholder skill development in soil and fertiliser management.

5.4 Develop mechanisms that provide more direct intervention on building sites which are not complying with there building conditions by allowing excess soil and sediment to leave the building and enter the storm water system.

93 5.2 Soil Acidification

Key Findings:  Thirty four percent of the Scott Coastal Plain sub surface soil is at risk of acidification.

Description:

Acidity is a measure of the hydrogen ion content of the soil and is indicated by the pH. Whilst natural acidity is not uncommon, problems arise when acidity increases and plant growth becomes affected. As the pH becomes more acidic the chemistry of the soil changes with some nutrients no longer being available to the roots whilst other toxic materials, such as aluminium and manganese, become much more soluble and begin to have a detrimental affect on plants and water quality in waterways. A pH of 4.5 or less is considered to be generally detrimental to vegetation and is likely to cause noticeable declines in agricultural productivity (EPA, 2007). Objectives:  Encourage sustainable land management practices to minimise soil acidification and treatment of acidified soils to maintain suitable pH levels.  Avoid disturbance or drying of acid sulphate soils.

Condition: Indicator L3 Soil acidification risk. Broadscale soil acidification is commonly caused by agricultural practices such as the application of nitrogenous fertilisers, nitrates generated by legumes, and the uptake of acid buffering materials from soil by plant roots. If left untreated, acid can leach into subsurface layers which are a lot more difficult to treat.

Figure L6. Map indicating Acid Sulphate Soils (Department for Planning and Infrastructure, on behalf of the Western Australian Planning Commission, Perth, WA May 2007)

94 The Lower Blackwood Landcare Soil health workshops 2006, identified that many topsoils across the region showed low pH values along with high exchangeable acidity. High soil acidity exacerbates all other soil deficiencies/imbalances and leads to sub soil acidification. Due to high soil acidity, many nutrients are leaching through soils and accumulating in low lying areas/drainage lines, especially Magnesuim, N-Nitrate, Sulphur and Boron. The report recognising the importance of liming and routine testing of soils.

Localised acidification can be caused by the exposure and oxidation of sulfide rich soils. Acid sulphate soils are often associated with peaty soils found near wetlands and waterways. Once these soils are exposed to oxygen they start to generate sulphuric acid which can spread in plumes through surface and ground water systems.

Soil acidification is an issue of concern in the Scott River Catchment. Thirty four percent of the Scott Coastal Plain sub surface soil is at risk of acidification. Problems with Acid Sulphate Soil (ASS) contributed to the closure of the Beenup mine site in 1999. Area specific tree plantations may also contribute to the slow drying of soils with ASS materials increasing the risk of acidification of the Scott River. Disturbance or drainage of these susceptible soils can lead to increased acidic water and erosion risk, which can result in severe impacts on flora and fauna (DOW 2006).

Current Responses: Lime treatment for soil: Treatment of acidification can be achieved through the application of lime or dolomite. Lime reserves, however, are limited and mining has its own negative environmental implications.

Acid Sulphate Soil Guidelines: The Western Australian Planning Commission has developed a Planning Bulletin for the identification and management of acid sulphate soils.

Risk Mapping: Acid sulphate soil risk mapping has been undertaken across the Shire which is used when assessing new planning applications.

Fact sheets: The Department of Environment and Conservation have developed a series of fact sheets relating to the identification and management of Acid Sulphate Soils.

LandCare: Awareness about acidity and sustainable land management practices is promoted through catchment and landcare groups as well as by agricultural extension officers. The Lower Blackwood Land Conservation District have implemented a program to understand soils in each catchment area and supply reports to the farmers involved.

Implications: The economic implications of soil acidification are estimated to cost more than $70 million each year across Western Australia (Department of Agriculture, 2000) and have been estimated to be up to six times higher than dryland salinity across Australia (Commonwealth of Australia, 2001b).

Productivity in acidified soils is affected by reduced availability of some nutrients (molybdenum, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, calcium and magnesium) and an increase in toxic levels of aluminium, iron or manganese. The acidity and associated toxicity reduces the growth and survival of soil microbes and causes stunted root systems further affecting the ability of plants to access soil nutrients and moisture (Department of Agriculture, 2000). Yield declines caused by acidity can be masked by other factors such as fertiliser use and variability between seasons.

95 Liming is the major remediation option for soil acidification, however, lime supplies are limited and are often located in areas of high conservation values. Increasing demand for lime is placing these areas under significant pressure raising concerns about how future demands will be met.

Actions: 5.5 Promote the use of ASS mapping to assist proponents of land use and development proposals to identify Potential Acid Sulphate Soil (PASS) and ensure that appropriate testing and management practices and put in place prior to disturbing soils at a PASS site. 5.6 Provide information to landholders with land located within high risk Acid Sulphate Soil areas to advice them of the environmental benefits of undertaking soil testing prior to disturbing soils in these areas. 5.7 Lobby for support to enable the Department of Agriculture to implement a subsidised soils assessment program to assist the enhancement and protection of soils and a sustainable agricultural industry. 5.8 Investigate the long term lime resource availability in the region

5.3 Soil Health

Key Findings:  Environmental implications arising from a decline in soil health include exacerbation of soil erosion and associated inland water sedimentation, contamination and eutrophication.  Soil health is essential to farmers for maintaining the viability of their business.  Many topsoils across the region show low pH values along with high exchangeable acidity. High soil acidity exacerbates all other soil deficiencies/imbalances and leads to sub soil acidification. Due to high soil acidity, many nutrients are leaching through soils and accumulating in low lying areas/drainage lines.

Description: Soil health is essential for maintaining agriculture. Many farmers and pastoralists regularly test soils and plants to determine soil health and may combine this information with satellite imagery to identify problem areas. Soil health encompasses several factors, including soil physical structure, chemical composition and biological content. Deterioration of one factor may not necessarily cause an immediate loss of soil health, but may contribute to a decline in other factors and a gradual reduction in soil health. Loss of soil health may be associated with a drop in soil fertility, caused by a decrease in soil nutrients that are necessary for plant growth (e.g. nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium). Soil nutrient decline is caused by removal of nutrients in harvested crop products, hay, plantation timber, animal products, as well as through soil erosion, leaching, acidification, burning of crop residues, and other chemical processes. Nutrient loss must be replaced with inputs over time if the soil is to remain productive.

96

Figure L8: Erosion as a result of unprotected soil Loss of soil health may also be associated with a decline in soil structure, which tends to be less visible or recognised form of soil degradation. A decline in soil structure occurs when wet soil is exposed to stresses of machinery, tillage activities or stock trampling. Similarly, exposure of bare soil to heavy rainfall can cause dispersion, slaking and crusting of the soil surface, which can lead to increased runoff and erosion. Lack of organic or biological material affects nutrient content, soil structure and the presence of soil organisms. Soil organic nutrient content typically decreases following clearing and cultivation of land. Measuring soil health is difficult because soils are dynamic and often change in response to land uses, management practices, soil treatments, weather conditions and climate change. However a good understanding of the many factors that contribute to soil health can avert deterioration in soil condition. A loss of soil health results in declining agricultural, pastoral or forestry productivity, causing significant economic impacts. A desire for short term economic gain and ever increasing levels of production from land must not compromise long term soil productivity and health. This will only serve to place additional burden on land managers who have to undertake expensive soil treatments and rehabilitation activities. Other environmental implications arising form a decline in soil health include exacerbation of soil erosion and associated inland water sedimentation, contamination and eutrophication. (DEC 2007) Objectives:  Reduce degradation of agricultural and public land, and encourage land managers to recover, rehabilitate or manage degraded areas.  Reduce and eliminate where practical the major processes that degrade or threaten to degrade land resources and its associated environmental values.  Ensure that land users have production systems based on land capability, innovation and best possible management practices. Conditions:

Indicator L4: Land capability for agriculture. In 1990/91 the Department of Agriculture published the Busselton Margaret River Augusta Land Capability study. This study provides the most widely used and comprehensive soil data available. Using this soil data the Agmapper program was also created which provides detailed soil mapping and soil capability information for the Shire. Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Shire, 21,900 hectares has a high or very high land capability, representing 22%. 43,300 hectares of private land has a moderate land capability, representing 44%. The total area of private land in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire with a moderate to very high land capability is 66% compared to 56% in the Busselton Shire and 44% in the Capel Shire (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003).

97 The Lower Blackwood Land Conservation District Committee have also been involved in soil monitoring program across their landcare region. The following is some general information provided in the Chapman Brook River Action Plan which may be considered typical for of the soil health over much of the Shire region. The following soil features have important ramifications and many aspects require attention:

• ~70% of soils are very strongly to extremely acidic (pH<5 and exchangeable acidity >2.0meq). These levels are low enough to inhibit production and most require 2.5-3.5t/ha of Limesand immediately. Limingat 1.0-2.0 t/ha will probably be needed on a regular basis (i.e. every 2nd year) for the next 6-10 years to control acidity for most properties.

• Vineyards tended to have the more neutral soils, probably due to the more intensive style of agriculture and most managers understanding that regular Liming is important.

• Conductivity levels were all acceptable and there was little evidence of an existing or potential salinity problem.

• ~10% of soils are acidic enough to mobilise Aluminium to high enough levels (>10ppm) to restrict pasture-growth through “root-pruning”. This will be controlled by correcting acidity.

• Despite regular applications of Superphosphate, ~20% of soils were considered deficient.

• Phosphate Retention Indices (PRI) indicated that <10% of soils were likely to leach Phosphorous readily, but ~25% of soils required additional P due to extremely high PRI values that cause “P lock- up”.

• ~50% of soils were low enough in S-Sulphate to restrict growth, again despite regular applications of S in Superphosphate.

• Nitrogen levels were mostly (80%) marginal to adequate; only ~7% showing above normal. • ~57% of Calcium levels were marginal to deficient. Low Ca will restrict growth.

• ~68% of Magnesium levels were marginal to deficient. Low Mg will restrict growth by limiting plants’ ability to assimilate Nitrogen. Limes and Dolomite required for Mg.

• ~80% of Potassium levels were marginal to deficient. Low K will restrict growth by limiting plants’ ability to transport moisture and nutrients. • ~52% of Copper levels were marginal to deficient. Low levels restrict enzyme function and Chlorophyll synthesis. • ~71% of Zinc levels were marginal to deficient. This restricts key enzyme functions in plants. • ~65% of Manganese levels were marginal to deficient. This restricts P uptake. • All Iron levels were adequate and ~83% of Boron levels were adequate. • ~94% of Soil Organic Carbon levels are adequate to good. • Exchangeable Cations showed 85-95% of Ca%, Mg% and K% levels were all very low but that ~89% of Acid% was extremely high. This further supports the high acidity previously mentioned and also indicates how poorly balanced most soils are, with most available exchange sites on soil surfaces occupied by Hydrogen ions (acid). Pressures: A short term focus within the farming industry on maximising productivity and the associated heavy dependence on fertilisers is likely to impact soil resources and accelerated the acidification processes.

Soil nutrient decline is caused by removal of nutrients in harvested crop products, hay, plantation timber, animal products, as well as through soil erosion, leaching, acidification, burning of crop residues, and other chemical processes. In terms of soil health, the main problems faced by most growers is high acidity, low macronutrients such as Calcium, Magnesium and Potassium as well as low micronutrients such as Copper,

98 Manganese and Zinc. These deficiencies are already affecting growth in many instances and may take 3-12 years to correct for many growers, due to financial limitations. Strategies to correct these include: • Regular Limesand applications to correct high acidity and low Calcium and Magnesium. Very cost effective. • Possible applications of Dolomite for very low Magnesium soils. • Increased applications of Potassium. • (Increased) Applications of Copper, Manganese and Zinc, especially in conjunction with high rates of Limesand. • Switching fertiliser applications to at least two per year (even 3-4 if by pasture varieties). • Reduce the need for high Nitrogen regimes used by vineyards, by improving other soil properties, thus increasing soil and plant nutritional efficiency. (LBLCDC 2005 )

Current Responses:

Landcare programs: Local catchment and landcare groups have been involved with programs which target land holders one on one in an effective process that educates and assists the landholder to improve their practices in a non threatening or regulatory way (Figure L9).

Figure L9 Land care members

Fertiliser action plan: The Western Australian Government aims to reduce the amount of phosphorous entering sensitive waterways through a number of measures including a policy that restricts the application of highly soluble phosphorus fertiliser (HWSP) within a Low Water Soluble Phosphorus Fertiliser (LWSP) zone on the coastal plain.

Department Agriculture Food Western Australia role will be to help develop strategies to implement the Fertiliser Action Plan (FAP) while minimising impacts on farm productivity and profit. The Scott Coastal Plain has been identified as a priority area for management.

Soil sampling: The Lower Blackwood LCDC has been involved in a soil health program engaging landholders to sample soils and better understand there fertiliser requirements which impact on water quality. The program was undertaken across 7 catchments in 2006 with the aim of educating growers within the catchment to improve sustainability and viability of there soils through a better understanding of the state of their soils. The Action guided by this knowledge will improve soil fertility, reduce nutrient leaching and improve water quality throughout the catchment.

Best Farm - Environmental Management Systems: The Blackwood Basin Group are implementing a program called Best Farms which assists land holders to develop an Environmental Management Systems for property. BestFarms was developed to assist landholders in managing environmental impacts on their properties and to gain recognition for their environmental stewardship. Each BestFarms EMS workshop shows participants how to identify the environmental impacts on their property and to develop, implement and monitor an action plan which will provide a systematic and sustainable approach to profitable environmental practices. Greener pastures: Greener Pastures is Western Dairy’s flagship project. This five-year intensive farming systems project will help farmers make smarter use of nutrients, especially nitrogen. A key industry strategy to

99 increase pasture production is the use of nitrogen fertiliser. Nitrogen use on WA dairy farms has increased sixfold between 1990 and 2003 but it appears that much of this extra nitrogen is not being turned into milk. Greener Pastures aims to clearly define the milk production response to nitrogen fertiliser in a pasture system and to demonstrate practical ways to use nitrogen more profitably.

Busselton, Margaret River, Augusta Land Capability study: The Department of Agriculture produced a report in 1990 followed by the Agmapper program which provides soil information and land capability assessments across the Shire. Implications: Treating soil deficiencies will make it possible for pasture growers to reduce leaching and better regulate access to nutrients also lead to better assimilation of fertilizers, resulting in less leaching into waterways. This in turn will help improve water-quality and creekline biodiversity throughout the catchment as well as reduce costs to growers.

Actions: 5.9 Support the need for small landholder workshops in the region by working Collaboratively with Government agencies and Natural Resource Management Groups to develop and implement education program on weed management, production options for small holdings, soil improvement and other topics of interest to the agricultural community. 5.10 Work cooperatively with the relevant Government Agencies and Industry groups to encourage and promote the use of industry codes of practice through the implementation of best practice land management. 5.11 Encourage the use of the Environmental Management System process as a means of assessing environmental impacts for significant land use and development proposals. 5.12 Encourage landowners to voluntarily use the Environmental Management System process offered through local Natural Resource Management Groups, to assess the impacts of their land use on natural systems.

5.4 Contaminated Sites

Key Findings:

 With the introduction of the new Contaminated Sites Act (2003) suspect contaminated sites have been reported to DEC for classification.

Description:

The Contaminated Sites Act 2003 defines a 'contaminated site' as: "in relation to land, water or a site, having a substance present in or on that land, water or site at above background concentrations that presents, or has the potential to present, a risk of harm to human health, the environment or any environmental value." Common pollutants include heavy metals, pesticides, herbicides, oils, hydrocarbons and other toxic chemicals. The toxicity and persistence of pollutants in soils is influenced by soil type (how well they bind pollutants), hydrology and erosion potential. If pollutants become mobilised the contamination can potentially spread over much larger areas. Objectives:  Protect people and the environment from pollution associated with contaminated sites and ensure remediation is carried out where appropriate.

100  Minimise the generation and storage of polluting materials and ensure that where they do occur they are appropriately managed.

Condition:

Indicator L5: Number and condition of contaminated sites. With the introduction of the new Contaminated Sites Act (2003) suspect contaminated sites have been reported to DEC for classification. Most sites were associated with old tip sites which have since been closed and replaced by a single landfill site at Davis Road serviced by several transfer stations. Farming and commercial properties may have potential contaminated sites where chemicals and fuels are stored onsite (particularly with underground fuel tanks) or at spray washdown areas or sites where excess chemicals are discharged. Pressures: Land contamination is generally associated with industrial, agricultural or commercial activities and tends to result from poor chemical processing, handling and disposal practices

Point source contamination is commonly caused by chemical dumping, spills or leakage from landfill, storage containers and pipes. Some of the potential contaminants include acids, alkalis, metals, surfactants, solvents and organic chemicals including phthalates, phenols, oils, aromatics, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls, halogenated aliphatics, pesticides, radionuclides and biological contaminants (EPA, 2007).

Diffuse contamination can result from widespread application of pesticides, fungicides and herbicides which can be persistant in soils or mobilise and move through the environment. Broadscale nutrient pollution is also an issue in local waterways caused by leaching or flushing of contaminants from septics, excess plant and animal waste and fertilisers.

Urban nutrient sources include fertilisers applied to domestic gardens, parks and golf courses, as well as septic tanks, sewerage disposal and waste disposal sites (on their own these may be point sources). Diffuse sources of pollution may contribute a large proportion of the total amounts of nutrients discharged into a waterway and are often more difficult to manage than point sources. Diffuse sources can be reduced and managed through the development and implementation of best practice environmental management. (Weaver and Summers 1994).

Current Responses: Contaminated Sites Act 2003: The Contaminated Sites Act 2003, was introduced to improve the identification, management and remediation of contaminated sites in the state. The Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) is responsible for administering the Act and associated regulations and have released a series of documents addressing identification, assessment, remediation methods, monitoring, community consultation, land use planning, management and reporting in relation to contaminated sites along with guidelines for managing potentially polluting activities.

On privately owned sites it is the responsibility of the polluter, land owner or occupier to clean up a contaminated site unless they have an Exemption Certificate issued by the Contaminated Sites Committee. Land Corp is responsible for the remediation of orphan sites on behalf of the State Government (DEC, 2006).

Chemical Code of Practice: The Department of Agriculture has developed a code of practice for the use of agricultural and veterinary chemicals in Western Australia.

Assessment of site contamination: The National Environment Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure 1999 was set up by the Commonwealth Government to provide a consistent method for assessment of contaminated

101 sites. This provides the basis for the majority of the states guidelines (National Environment Protection Council, 1999).

CSIRO’s Remediation Research: CSIRO are offering a service to develop high level innovative solutions for the investigation, assessment and remediation of contaminated groundwater, water and soils (CSIRO, 2004). Implications:

Soil pollutants can have a detrimental effect on human, plant and animal health if they come into contact with contaminated soils or water, inhale chemical vapours or contaminated dust. Poisoning can effect growth and reproduction, cause illness, mutations or even death.

Suggested Responses: 5.13 Develop best management practice information and factsheets for the use, storage and disposal of farm chemicals and to assist proponents of land use and development proposals. 5.14 Ensure that all contaminated sites are reported to the Department of Environment and Conservation. 5.15 Develop and implement a program for the remediation of contaminated sites on Shire reserves as required under the Contaminated Sites Act 2003.

102 Theme 6 HERITAGE

Introduction:

Heritage refers to something that we inherit and that we want to preserve and pass on to future generations. Western Australia has abundant heritage that enriches our lives and helps shape our individual and community identities. Heritage is present in many forms including places, objects, languages and other intangible forms.

Heritage places range from landscapes, to landmarks, to sites and buildings that have heritage significance for current and future generations. Heritage places are important to WA because they help us to understand our past, enrich our understanding of our society and contribute to social cohesion and community and individual wellbeing. They support urban and rural amenity by contributing to a sense of place and by enhancing the quality of our environment generally.

Heritage places are defined by the heritage values that people recognise in them. These may be natural and/or cultural values that are significant for aesthetic, historic, scientific or social reasons (Environment and Heritage Legislation Amendment Act (No.1), 2003 [Commonwealth]). Heritage values are important as they are the underlying reason for conserving heritage places.

For the purpose of this report, heritage encompasses natural heritage places, Aboriginal heritage places and historic heritage places. It should be recognised that heritage places can have multiple heritage values and that many values are interrelated and require integrated management.

In WA, there are many heritage places that have multiple heritage values and most have values that are rarely realised in financial terms. However, heritage conservation can aid economic prosperity by contributing to the attractiveness of the living and working environment, by stimulating and supporting tourism and by encouraging economic diversification and investment in a locality or region (EPA 2007).

The identification and formal listing (registration) of heritage places underpins effective protection and management of natural and cultural heritage. It demonstrates the extent, to which our knowledge has been compiled in a comprehensive and publicly accessible form, enables sound management of heritage and in many cases, provides legal protection for listed places. An exception is Aboriginal heritage places, which are protected by the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972, regardless of whether they have been registered.

The Heritage Act of Western Australia 1990 required Councils to prepare a Municipal Inventory of Heritage Places and this was completed by the Shire of Augusta Margaret River in 1996. Council is required to monitor the Municipal Inventory annually and fully review the document every four years.

The Shire’s Town Planning Scheme Nos.11 and 17 contain schedules listing places or buildings of architectural, historic, scientific interest for landscape protection and preservation. The Shire municipal inventory currently lists 108 sites, 9 of these sites are also included in the state heritage inventory. These sites can be viewed on the Heritage Council of Western Australia website.

Listings in the Local Government Inventory provides recognition of a place’s heritage importance to the local community. However, places entered in a Local Government Inventory do not have legal protection unless they are protected under the local Town Planning Scheme. The heritage values of places protected by Town Planning Schemes are given special consideration by Local Governments when dealing with planning applications.

Natural heritage on some publicly owned land is largely protected through the conservation reserve system. Mechanisms are not well-established or coordinated for the protection of natural heritage areas on other public lands or on privately owned land.

The rural landscape of the Augusta –Margaret River Shire is also important to the rural identity and the ‘sense of place’ which is also subject to development pressures.

Aboriginal heritage places are protected by the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 and formally recognised on the Aboriginal Sites Register.

103 Objective:  Protect, manage and conserve heritage places of significance to the community.

Headline Indicator H1:  Condition of heritage places There is inadequate knowledge about the condition of heritage places due to insufficient and inconsistent data. Therefore, it was not possible to assess the overall condition of natural, Aboriginal and historic heritage places in the Shire.

Limited historic heritage survey data does show a decline in the condition of places and anecdotal evidence suggests that many Aboriginal heritage places are deteriorating.

Headline Indicator H2:  Demolition and loss of heritage places in Western Australia. The progressive loss of cultural landscapes and Aboriginal and natural heritage is believed to be due to redevelopment, urban expansion, clearing of remnant vegetation, draining of wetlands, and landscape modification and development. However, data on the loss of heritage places is poor.

It is not known how many Aboriginal heritage places have been destroyed over the past few years as there have been inadequate resources to conduct appropriate monitoring and reporting.

Better information about the condition and loss of heritage places is crucial to the preservation, protection and management of these valuable cultural and natural resources.

Overall Condition: Significant impediments exist to the effective protection and management of heritage places. The current approach to statutory recognition and protection of heritage in WA is fragmented, with several acts protecting different types of heritage and no comprehensive register of heritage places. Incomplete recognition, monitoring and maintenance of heritage places is often the result of inadequate resources at the State and local government levels. There are also significant gaps and deficiencies in heritage legislation.

6.1 Natural Heritage

Key Findings:  The Shire of Augusta-Margaret River comprises 125,400 hectares of reserve area, representing almost 56% of the total land area in the Shire.

Description: Natural heritage areas are valued for their biological and physical features. They may be significant in terms of their existence or intrinsic values, or in terms of their social, aesthetic, life support or scientific values for both present and future generations.

Natural heritage areas may also have cultural or spiritual significance. Natural heritage places can be diverse and include such things as landscapes, waterways, desert mound springs, or marine or bushland ecosystems. Natural heritage places are usually rich in biodiversity and are important scientifically for understanding the evolution of plants, animals and the natural landscape.

Natural heritage also includes geological features that are important for understanding Earth's evolution. Significant geoheritage may include important fossil localities, rock relationships, type sections, significant landforms (e.g. mountains, outcrops) or other geological or geomorphological features that are unique or considered scientifically valuable (EPA 2007).

104 Objectives:  Protect, conserve and manage the Shire's natural heritage.  Ensure that new development is sympathetic to the significance of natural heritage.

Condition: Indicator H3: Natural Heritage listings and condition Natural heritage places of high conservation value are normally included in the State's conservation reserve system and nationally significant natural heritage is included on national heritage registers. The Shire of Augusta-Margaret River comprises 125,400 hectares of reserve area, representing almost 56% of the total land area in the Shire. Approximately 67% of pre-European vegetation remains as remnants in the AMR shire (see Figure 6.7.5 and Table 6.7.1, below). To the East of the Shire there is a large contiguous patch of medium Jarrah-Marri forest with a narrow link to the coast. Along the coastline, extending up to about 5km from the high tide mark, there is fairly contiguous shrubland and heathland.

Remnant vegetation to the East of this strip and the West of the large patch of Jarrah-Marri forest is patchy with most of the cleared land being used for agricultural production systems most of which is grazed. 51.5% of the pre European vegetation cover is in State Forest estate, National Parks, conservation reserves or land allocated to other recreational, public or council uses with 16% of Pre European vegetation remaining as patches on freehold or crown land in urban and agricultural areas. 54% of the Pre European cover of the dominant vegetation association- medium density, Jarrah-Marri forest- remains within reserves with 13% occurring on other land tenures (CSIRO,2005). Despite the proclamation of an increasing number of conservation reserves in recent years, the reservation target of 15% of each native vegetation type has only been met in 20% of the terrestrial bioregions. In addition, reservation alone does not ensure that natural heritage will survive in perpetuity, but it does provide more security for protection.

The Shire of Augusta Margaret River has 268 reserves covering an area of 3,700 ha. An assessment of Council reserves undertaken in 2006 has considered the biodiversity conservation values of the reserves in relation to there current condition.

Figure H1: Reserve prioritisation ratings

50 50

40 33 30 27 29 29 22 22 21 20 # Reserves 10 8

0 0 12345678910 Prioritisation Score

Classification of Shire reserves into ten prioritisation ratings on the basis of biodiversity conservation value (1 = very low conservation value & 10 = very high conservation value).

Pressures: Western Australia's natural heritage is subject to a range of pressures that contribute to a loss of heritage values. The main pressures on natural heritage are from development, objections to natural heritage protection, and land, water and biodiversity degradation problems

Objections to proposed protection of natural heritage places are typically the result of development pressures and views about property rights from some sectors of the community. The number of

105 objections to statutory protection of natural heritage is not comprehensively measured. Objections are often made by property owners to proposed protection of natural heritage places on private land or when proposed protection of public areas restricts the use of the area.

The main development processes placing pressure on natural heritage are urban growth, land clearing and industrial development. There is currently no measure of the overall level of development pressure on the State's natural heritage.

Current Responses: Conservation reserve system: The principal State legislation providing for the establishment and management of the public terrestrial and marine conservation reserve systems is the Conservation and Land Management Act 1984 Reserves are vested in the Conservation Commission (terrestrial) and the Marine Parks and Reserves Authority (marine).

The Department of Environment and Conservation manages reserved lands and waters. A number of new national parks and conservation reserves have been created through a variety of processes including the Government's Protecting our Old Growth Forests Policy (Australian Labor Party Western Australian Division, 2001) and the Gascoyne-Murchison Rangelands Strategy (Government of Western Australia, 1997).

State Register of Geoheritage Sites: The Geological Survey of Western Australia is in the process of developing the register, which will formally identify and protect significant geoheritage sites in WA, enabling them to be managed on an integrated basis. Reserves for the protection of sites of geological significance are being created which provide added protection for geoheritage sites. There are currently five such reserves in WA and a further two are in the process of being created.

Local Government Town Planning Schemes: Natural heritage is beginning to achieve statutory recognition within planning processes. For example, an increasing number of regional land use plans now cover heritage and landscape issues. Some local governments recognise and identify places of natural heritage within their town planning schemes, local planning strategies and municipal inventories. Survey results indicate that in 2005, 26% of local governments had biodiversity plans or green plans. On average, local government expenditure on natural heritage conservation was $14 000 per $1 million in revenue, or 1.4% (Charlton & Betham, in prep.).

Natural Heritage Trust: The Natural Heritage Trust provides funding for many programs in WA that extend to conservation, biodiversity protection and heritage protection. Heritage issues and management needs are identified to varying degrees in the natural resource management strategies developed by regional natural resource management groups.

The National Trust of Australia (Western Australia), the Department of Environment and Conservation and the Department of Agriculture operate covenanting programs to protect high conservation value areas on private property. Since 2000, the area of private land registered under Department of Environment and Conservation and National Trust conservation covenanting programs has tripled to approximately 250 000 ha. Several other programs involve conservation on private land including BushBank, the Australian Bush Heritage Fund and the Gondwana Link.

Non-government organisations: Several non-government organisations, such as the Wildflower Society of WA and Birds Australia, are actively involved in the promotion of natural heritage.

Implications:

Significant natural heritage places are protected under the State's conservation reserve system however, areas can still be subjected to development with Parliamentary approval. Unfortunately,

106 many aspects of natural heritage can not be restored or rehabilitated once they have been impacted. The destruction of natural heritage places diminishes our understanding of our place in the world and undermines community identity, amenity and quality of life. It also contributes to the loss of biodiversity and geological diversity across WA. Decline in the State's natural heritage areas adversely impacts on the tourism industry, which may have negative flow-on effects to regional areas dependent on nature- based tourism.

Actions:

6.1 Promote community education programs to broaden community understanding and appreciation of heritage places.

6.2 Develop priority based management plans for Shires reserves (see Biodiversity).

6.3 Establish and support Friends groups to assist with the management and maintenance of natural heritage (see biodiversity).

6.4 Investigate areas of natural heritage to be included in the Shire Municipal heritage inventory.

6.2 Aboriginal Heritage

Key Findings:  Deficiencies in heritage legislation and inadequate protection and management contribute to decline in Aboriginal heritage in WA.  Our knowledge of the overall condition and integrity of Aboriginal heritage places is inadequate.

Description:

Tindale (1974) identified thirteen ‘tribal groups’ in the south-west based on socio-linguistic boundaries and minor dialect differences. He describes the Wardandi Bibbulmum territory as encompassing the coast from Koombanup (Bunbury) to Talanup (Augusta) following the Blackwood River inland to Nannup.

The Nyungar people of the Capes region used the name Wardandi to describe themselves. They maintained a number of paths between the Vasse/Wonnerup area in the north and Augusta to the south, and as far as Nannup to the east, that followed the coast and the Blackwood River. The coastal path passed directly through the Hamelin Bay - Margaret River - Kilcarnup area and many of the Nyungar names for camping places are still in common use. Close to Kilcarnup are Wainielup, Gnarabup, Daleep and Gnoocardup, which are all traditional camping places of the Wardandi Nyungars (Collard, 1994).

The territory or range of the Pibbelmen included the lower Blackwood River, the Scott River Basin and from Bridgetown, Manjimup, the Gairdner River and Broke Inlet (Tindale 1974).

There is no doubt that water, especially fresh water was of vital importance to traditional Aboriginal people, the rivers and pools were a source of food, linked campsites along walk tracks and in the case of the Blackwood River defined the territories or estates of the Pibbelmen and Wardandi people (Hallam 1979).

107 The Augusta-Margaret River Shire has a vast Aboriginal heritage, however it seems that little consideration is given to aboriginal heritage values.

Objectives:  Protect, conserve and manage the Shires Aboriginal heritage.  Ensure that new development is considerate to the significance of Aboriginal heritage.

Condition:

Indicator H4: Condition and integrity of Aboriginal heritage listings. The Aboriginal Heritage Information System of the Department of Indigenous Affairs (DIA) is the repository of information on Aboriginal sites in Western Australia. There are many sites within the Augusta Margaret River Shire listed on the register including the entire length of the Margaret River identified as a mythological site (Site ID 4495).

Our knowledge of the overall condition and integrity of Aboriginal heritage places is inadequate. However, anecdotal evidence suggests that many places are deteriorating or at risk. Monitoring and maintenance of Aboriginal heritage places has been limited by a lack of value placed on Aboriginal heritage.

The Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 creates offences for disturbing Aboriginal sites without ministerial consent. However there is inadequate monitoring and reporting to determine the level of compliance with the Act. Under existing laws, developers are required to undertake heritage surveys. Although this normally results in intensive studies, this information is not often released publicly and therefore the value of the site is not well understood by the broader community (EPA 2007).

Pressures:

The Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972, makes it an offence to excavate, destroy or damage an aboriginal site. However deficiencies in heritage legislation and inadequate protection and management contribute to decline in Aboriginal heritage in WA.

Aboriginal communities often face difficult management decisions in relation to Aboriginal Heritage places because of conflict between traditional obligations and the flow on benefits to the communities from the development (EPA 2007).

There is much debate about the advantages and disadvantages of recording Aboriginal sites on the Aboriginal Sites Register. Aboriginal communities have concerns about how the registered information might be used, particularly where native title is yet to be determined and there are concerns about whether information submitted is exempted from requests under the Freedom of Information Act 1992.

Additionally, the failure of the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 to adequately protect some sites has led to scepticism about the capacity of registration to provide better protection than withholding knowledge about sites. Aboriginal communities who have good relationships with developers often believe that the best means of protecting sites is to be actively involved in their day-to-day care and management rather than having sites recorded on the register.

The concerns over listing of Aboriginal heritage sites on the register often confounds traditional European-style planning and development processes and complicates heritage protection and management. However, it is clear that a standard approach to heritage management, via registration does not necessarily work in all situations (EPA 2007).

Although the Aboriginal community are willing to share their perspectives, there is a deep concern about intellectual property rights. Aboriginal cultural custodians frequently receive requests from government agencies, corporations and researchers to share their traditional knowledge. Once the knowledge is given, the Aboriginal community can lose control of that intellectual property. Beckwith 2007

108 Current Responses: Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972: The Department of Indigenous Affairs is implementing new administrative processes, information standards and guidelines, establishing time limits for assessment processes and increasing the level of compliance monitoring to improve the effectiveness of the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972.

The Aboriginal Lands Trust established a land use and development policy in 2004 that provides a framework for assessment, referral and approval of all developments on the Aboriginal Lands Trust estate. The policy seeks to protect the natural and cultural values of these lands while allowing for development that is of economic and social benefit to Aboriginal communities.

Native Title Act 1993: The Native Title Act 1993 allows Aboriginal people who have maintained links to their country, laws and customs, to hold rights to their land and waters. This may include the right to protect important places of heritage value. As of 2006, there are about 620 000 square kilometres of native title area (including both consent and litigation claims) in WA, but there are about 120 outstanding native title claim applications.

Aboriginal Heritage Grants Program: Grants are available to Aboriginal communities for heritage conservation through the Department of Indigenous Affairs and Lotterywest. In 2002, the Department of Indigenous Affairs established the Aboriginal Heritage Grants Program. An annual budget of $100 000 is allocated for the overall program with grants up to $5000 available for local, community-based projects that assist in promoting, protecting and recording Aboriginal heritage and culture (Department of Indigenous Affairs, 2005). A total of 15 grants worth $66 018 was given to Aboriginal communities for the protection, management and recording of sites and objects from 2002-03 to the beginning of the 2004-05 financial year.

Burra Charter. Considering the International Charter for the Conservation and Restoration of Monuments and Sites (Venice 1964), and the Resolutions of the 5th General Assembly of the International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) (Moscow 1978), the Burra Charter was adopted by Australia ICOMOS (the Australian National Committee of ICOMOS) on 19 August 1979 at Burra, South Australia. Revisions were adopted on 23 February 1981, 23 April 1988 and 26 November 1999. The Burra Charter provides guidance for the conservation and management of places of cultural significance (cultural heritage places), and is based on the knowledge and experience of Australia ICOMOS members. Conservation is an integral part of the management of places of cultural significance and is an ongoing responsibility

Ask First Planning and development decisions can unwittingly affect the values of Indigenous heritage places. Sometimes this is because those making the decisions perceive Indigenous heritage issues as complex and find them difficult to discuss with Indigenous communities. Over the last quarter of a century, the Australian Heritage Commission has worked to increase people’s understanding about Indigenous heritage places and their conservation. Ask First: A guide to respecting Indigenous heritage places and values provides a practical guide for land developers, land users and managers, cultural heritage professionals and many others who may have an impact on Indigenous heritage. The title - Ask First - is the message of this book; that consultation and negotiation with Indigenous stakeholders is the best means of addressing Indigenous heritage issues. It is also the first, and simplest step that people need to take, and that is to put the subject on the agenda. Implications: The destruction of Aboriginal heritage sites adversely impacts on Aboriginal culture, spirituality and their connection with country and their ancestral history. Differences between Aboriginal and European based cultures often result in inadequate understanding, valuing and protection of Aboriginal heritage.

109

Actions:

6.5 Follow the “Ask First” guidelines (a guide to respecting indigenous heritage values and places) when working with sites of aboriginal heritage values.

6.6 Develop a consultation protocol and methodology to clearly outline the approval process that is required if aboriginal heritage sites may be disturbed as a result of shire works or other development.

6.7 Ensure that developments are assessed against aboriginal heritage sites register and appropriate consultation is undertaken prior to any disturbance at significant sites.

6.8 Develop strategies to promote community awareness and understanding of the Shires aboriginal heritage in consultation with the aboriginal community.

6.3 Historic Heritage

Key Findings:  Historic heritage contributes to community cultural identity and 'sense of place'.

 The Shire municipal inventory currently lists 108 sites, 9 of these sites are also included in the state heritage inventory.

 The rural landscape of the Augusta –Margaret River Shire is also important to the rural identity and the ‘sense of place’ and a large part of the history of the region.

Description:

Historic heritage places date from the time of European settlement in WA. They include buildings, structures and gardens which demonstrate physical characteristics or other associations with important events, developments or cultural phases in the State's history.

Also included in historic heritage are maritime heritage (shipwrecks sites) and cultural landscapes. Cultural landscapes refer to places that illustrate how human society and settlements have evolved with the natural landscape. Historic heritage contributes to community cultural identity and 'sense of place'. The preservation of historic heritage places can enhance the amenity of towns and streetscapes, and provide economic benefits by encouraging tourism and increasing the financial value of properties.

Objectives:

 Protect, conserve, and manage the states historical heritage  Ensure that new development is sympathetic to the significance of historical heritage.

Condition:

Indictor H5: Historic Heritage listings and condition The State Register of Heritage Places provides formal recognition and protection of significant historic heritage places.

110

The Shire municipal inventory currently lists 108 sites, 9 of these sites are also included in the state heritage inventory, these sites can be viewed on the Heritage Council of Western Australia website.

The condition of heritage places in local government inventories and town planning scheme lists has not been measured.

Pressures: The main pressures for historic heritage are development (especially urban redevelopment), objections to heritage listings and the costs involved in achieving comprehensive listings and maintaining heritage places. The maintenance of historic heritage places is increasingly limited by declining public expenditure on historic heritage conservation together with rising costs of maintenance.

The Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990, provides the legal framework for historic heritage protection in WA. Local governments have a major role in historic heritage conservation though the management of local strategic planning, involvement in the development assessment process, management of local government owned heritage properties and provision of support to private property owners in heritage conservation (Productivity Commission, 2006).

However, local governments are often constrained in their capacity to adequately fund heritage conservation. Survey results indicate that Western Australian local governments expenditure was less than 2% of revenue ($17 500 per $1 million in revenue) on historic heritage conservation in 2003-04 (Charlton & Betham, in prep).

In principle, community support for historic heritage conservation is high, with a recent nationwide survey showing that 94% of Western Australian respondents believe it is important to protect heritage places even though they may not visit them and 91% believe it is important to keep historic heritage features wherever possible when improving towns and cities (Allen Consulting Group, 2005).

In practice, there is less support for heritage listing of properties when they directly involve property owners: nearly 30% of proposed registrations for historic heritage listings on the State register are objected to by property owners. Contributing to this is the misconception that heritage protection is detrimental to property values and limits development potential.

Current Responses:

Municipal Heritage Inventory: Shire of Augusta Margaret River Municipal Heritage Inventory currently lists 108 sites, 9 of these sites are also included in the state heritage inventory. These sites can be viewed on the Heritage Council of Western Australia website.

Historical society: The Augusta and Margaret River historical society has compiled many photos and information about the history of the region.

Sustainable futures project oral history: In November 2003, Oral History focus groups were run with long-term residents from eight different locations (Margaret River Town, Margaret River Rural West, Margaret River Rural East, Augusta Rural, Augusta Town, Cowaramup Town, Cowaramup Rural, and Alexandra Bridge), and two cultural groups (immigrants and surfing).

In total there were ten groups consisting of 51 Shire residents with an age range of 56 years old to 92 years old, and having lived in the Shire for between 15 and 83 years. A report called Learning from the Past (Kelly & Horsey 2004) was developed from the qualitative transcripts generated by the groups.

Registers of historic heritage: The State Register of Heritage Places formally recognises and protects places of historic heritage significance. The WA Maritime Museum Shipwrecks Database records maritime heritage places.

111 Cultural landscapes are gaining more recognition in the National Trust of Australia (WA) Classified List, although this list does not formally protect cultural landscapes.

Local government inventories are regularly reviewed by local governments and their comprehensiveness is progressively improved in accordance with common standards. However, heritage lists in town planning schemes are frequently incomplete and local governments are encouraged to address this when local town planning schemes are reviewed periodically.

Conservation of the Flinders Bay Historical settlement precinct Policy Shire policy to ensure that development within the precinct does not detract from the heritage character and streetscape qualities of the precinct. Ensure that all development and subdivision of lots within the Flinders Bay Historic Conservation Precinct (identified on the scheme map) are assessed in accordance with the Conservation Plan for Flinders Bay Historic Settlement dated September 1996 and any amendment thereto.

Legislation and policy: The Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 provides a mechanism for the control of unsympathetic development of places in the State Register of Heritage Places.

Government Heritage Grant Program: A number of grant programs support historic heritage conservation including the State Government Heritage Grants Program, the Lottery west Heritage Program and local government heritage grants. In 2003-04, these totaled $2.7 million.

Heritage Council of Western Australia: A key objective of the Heritage Council of Western Australia is to promote awareness and understanding of the State's cultural heritage. The Council provides advice to the community on the processes of registration and development, and promotes awareness of the importance and value of heritage to the wider community. The National Trust of Australia (WA) has developed an enquiry- based education program that facilitates heritage education using National Trust properties as a resource.

Implications:

Loss or degradation of historic heritage undermines the character and feel of WA's towns and cities. The loss of a single landmark building can considerably alter a streetscape, while the incremental loss or deterioration of many historic heritage places over time can significantly affect urban amenity, community identity and sense of place. Appreciation of historical and cultural heritage is essential for the maintenance of heritage values and for passing on those values to future generations.

Actions:

6.8 Encourage the preservation of heritage places and buildings for the benefit of the community and future generations.

6.9 Complete a review of the Shire’s Municipal Heritage Inventory inline with the 5 yearly review processes outlined in the Heritage Act. Include in the review a report on the current condition of heritage buildings.

6.10 Investigate incentives to encourage the active use and where appropriate community involvement in the preservation of historic heritage places to prevent their decline.

6.11 Promote community awareness and understanding of the Shires Historical sites through the use of interpretive signage and information brochures to increase the use of heritage sites.

112 Theme 7 SETTLEMENTS

Introduction:

Human Settlements largely define our sense of place and provide for our lifestyles. Providing a balance between developing the character of a settlement and providing for the economic, social and environmental needs requires effective planning.

Planning instruments can have a significant influence on the sustainability of human settlements and the resources required to support the population. Settlement design and management can also influence the impacts on the local environment in terms of vegetation clearing and biodiversity implications, and degradation of air, land and water quality. The wider environment can also be impacted through the consumption of natural resources, such as wood, water, energy and minerals.

Objectives:  Plan and manage for sustainable growth to improve the efficiency of land use and infrastructure.  Improve resource use efficiency and energy efficiency.  Protect and enhance natural environments as an important part of human settlements.

Indicators: Currently there is very little information on the relative performance of settlements however as more information is gathered about resource use and condition in settlements, evaluation and comparison becomes easier. Overall Condition: The scenic rural and natural landscapes of the southwest corner make it a highly desirable place to live and visit. This has placed significant pressure on the shire to manage growth and development whilst preserving the features that draw people to the area.

The settlements within the Shire are relatively remote being approximately three (3) hours by road from the State Capital Perth. There is currently a high dependence of road transport systems to sustain the local community’s within the area.

7.1 Population and Settlement Patterns

Key Findings:  Over the past decade, coastal parts of the South West have experienced high urban growth. Rapid urban expansion has been occurring in the South West coastal centres of Bunbury, Busselton and Margaret River.

Description: Settlement patterns relate to the form, density and distribution of settlements, and the changes that occur over time. They influence the environmental impacts, resource use and waste production, cultural and economic prosperity. Whilst higher density developments generally require less resource inputs they need to be carefully designed to preserve cultural values and local identity.

Objectives:  Increase the efficiency of urban land use.  Provide walkable and cycleable neighborhoods  Encourage nodal development to create a strong sense of community  Limit the subdivision of productive agricultural land into unviable lots  Limit the impact of settlements on the environment

113 Condition: Indicator S1: Population & Dwelling Occupancy The population of the shire at the 2006 census was 10,351. This is spread between rural areas and a number of urban settlements of varying size. The population spread between the different areas is shown in figure S1 below.

Figure S1: Population – 2006 Census Data

Population - 2006 Census Data

Molloy Is. 128 Augusta, Kudardup, 241

1,350 Karridale, 285

Forest Grv, 324

Gnarabup, 332

Prevelly, 157

Rosa Brook, 422 Rosa Glen , 191 Margaret River, Treeton, 30 5,581 Cowaramup, Gracetown, 323

987

The average household size for the shire is 2.5 people per house. The rural areas generally have a larger household size whilst holiday and retirement settlements such as Augusta, Prevelly and Gracetown have smaller household sizes on average. The number of dwellings has increased between the 2001 and the 2006 census. This recent increase in residential building has exceeded the increase in homes required for permanent residents. Therefore the occupancy rate has fallen in every area of the Shire other than Karridale. Occupancy rates are particularly low in tourist areas with a high proportion of holiday houses and short stay accommodation refer figure S2 below.

114 Figure S2 Dwelling occupancy rates

Dwelling Occupancy Rates 100% 2001 90% 2006 80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0% Prevelly & Margaret Forest Augusta & Molloy Karridale Rosa Brook Rosa Glen Cowaramup Gracetown AMR Shire Gnarabup River Grove Kudardup Island & Treeton

Indicator S2 Building Licenses issued. Figure S3 indicates the total annual building licenses issued between 2002/2003 and 2007/2008.

Building Licences Approvals

800

700

600

500

400 Li cence

300

200

100

0 2002/ 2003 2003/ 2004 2004/ 2005 2005/ 2006 2006/ 2007 2007/ 2008

Date

Figure S3 Building License Approvals 2002/03 to 2007/08 The total number of dwellings within the Sire of Augusta Margaret River in 2001 is recorded as 4958. In 2006 the number of dwellings is recorded as 5899 representing a 16% increase in dwellings over the five year period. Pressures: The way in which the population is distributed influences the sustainability of settlements. Low density urban and semi-rural development can carry high environmental costs in regards to requirements for land and expanded infrastructure (e.g. roads, sewerage) and services (e.g. water supply, electricity).

Vegetation clearing can cause significant fragmentation, degradation and loss of biodiversity values.

115 The management of bushland areas for fire protection is often detrimental to the biodiversity values. The reduction of understorey growth and litter accumulation can greatly reduce the ability of an area to support a broad range of species and reduces the size of the populations that can be supported within each species.

The subdivision of agricultural land into small lots can threaten the economic viability of productive land and encourages the establishment of lifestyle properties. Whilst some lifestyle lots are managed as productive agricultural ventures, they are often under-utilised and reduce the food producing capability of the region along with potential weed issues and land degradation resulting from poor management.

Current Responses: Liveable Neighbourhoods: The Western Australian Planning Commission formally adopted Liveable Neighbourhoods in mid 2007 as the preferred policy for guiding subdivision and structure plan approvals. The main aim of the policy is to drive the development of more compact, well connected and resource efficient communities.

Building Standards: The Australian Building Codes Board has implemented mandatory minimum energy performance requirements through the Building Code of Australia (BCA) and encourages best practice initiatives within the building industry. The incorporation of grey water and rainwater infrastructure into new buildings and developments along with water sensitive urban design principles is reducing the pressure of urban settlements on the surrounding environments.

Local Planning Instruments: There are a number of documents guiding development in the shire including the Town Planning Schemes, Leeuwin – Naturaliste Ridge Statement of Planning Policy, Townsite Strategies for Augusta and Margaret River as well as a host of local planning polices. Implications: The growth and development of the Shire is expected to exert pressure on native vegetation, wetlands, estuaries, beaches and neighboring marine ecosystems and it is important that communities are fully informed of any perceived risks early in the planning process. The expansion of settlements will increase resource consumption including electricity, water land and materials the provision of which requires a ‘triple bottom line’ approach to ensure future growth within the Shire is sustainable.

Actions: 7.1 Encourage the principle of self-sufficient settlements.

7.2 Promote local campaigns to support self sufficient settlement including;  buy local campaigns  Local produce markets  Promotion food miles or product miles on goods As included in the regional economic strategy

7.3 Incorporate sustainability as a key principle for the future planning and development of settlements incorporating the principles identified in the local energy action plan and the rural hamlet guidelines.

7.4 Establish a Sustainability Demonstration Centre (for example a village incorporating sustainable design) such as Witchcliffe and Gracetown.

116 7.2 Waste Management

Key Findings:  Currently only about a quarter of the waste generated within the shire is recycled even though nearly 70% could be recycled.

Description: Waste generation is related to disposal of unwanted byproducts from the consumption and production of goods. The type of waste (inert, putrescible, hazardous or liquid) and disposal methods influence the impact on the environment. Community understanding and expectations of the environmental and health implications of waste management are changing the way waste generation and management are viewed. In the Strategic Waste Management Plan (Watkins, 2008) the Shire recognises the need to assist individuals and businesses by providing services and initiatives to encourage the community to participate in waste reduction. Everyone needs to play their part in preventing waste by being more efficient and effective in the use of resources and in the management of waste.

Waste can be re-used, recycled, composted, dumped or disposed of to landfill. The Shire now has a single authorised landfill site at the Davis Road Waste Management Facility. Some sorting and recycling is conducted at Davis Road, some is collected by Recycling SouthWest through a verge-side collection service and some is recycled by community groups such as the Augusta Lions Club. Resource recovery technology continues to develop providing new opportunities to recover material from the waste stream for reuse.

Figure S4 Recycling participation 2006/2007.

Recycling Participation 06/07 (Potential and Actual)

Not yet Recyclable Currently 9% Recycled Plan to 27% Recycle soon 23%

Currently Recyclable 41%

Objectives:  Increase the effective and efficient use of resources and minimise the creation of waste  Improve resource recovery and recycling  Improve waste management  Condition: Indicator S3: Community Recycling Participation The Milestone Report (SMR Consultancy, 2003) market research indicated that the community placed recycling as a high priority throughout the Shire. The current availability of recycling services, the level of participation and the short term plans for provision of additional services are covered in the Strategic Waste Management Plan (Watkins, 2008).

117 Figure S5: Breakdown of Recycling Participation Rates 2006/2007

Breakdown of Recycling Participation (Actual & Potential) 06/07 (,000 tonnes)

4

3

2

1

0 Metal Glas s Plas tic Plastic (Other) Building & Timber Ceramics Paper Green Waste Textiles Tyres Oil (1,2&3) Construction Waste

Currently Recycled Currently Recyclable Plan to Recycle soon Not yet Recyclable

The Figures above show the current and potential participation in recycling and the breakdown within each category of waste. Currently only about a quarter of the waste generated within the shire is recycled even though nearly 70% could be recycled. With the planned upgrades to services outlined in the Strategic Plan over 90% of the waste generated in the Shire could be recycled. The remaining 9%, or a portion of it, may be recyclable in the future.

Figure S6: Material types recycled by percentage Davis Road Waste Facility

Recycling generated at Davis Rd 07/08

Plastic 3%

Glass 22%

Metal 35% Oil 2%

Cardboard/ Paper 36% Batterys 2%

118

Figure S7: Material types recycled by percentage Kerbside Recycling Services

Kerbside Recycling 07/08

PET Plastics HDPE 2% Plastic 2% Paper 25%

Glass 23%

Newspaper 43% Ali Cans 2% Steel Cans 3%

A breakdown of the recycling generated from the Davis Road Waste Management Facility and the Kerbside recycling is shown here for comparison.

Indicator S4: Commercial Recycling Participation The Milestone Report (SMR Consultancy, 2003) noted that half of the respondents within the tourism and wine industries were participating in some form of recycling whilst 36% of other commercial industry respondents recycled to some extent.

Of the respondents who were recycling, 54% were recycling on site, 36% were recycling at the transfer stations, 27% were recycling at the landfill site and 40% had engaged a private contractor to collect recycling at some stage. It was identified through the study that on-site collection of recyclables was the preferred method.

The predominant waste stream items in the tourism industry were glass and newspaper which could be easily recycled and diverted from landfill. A wine industry trial resulted in four businesses diverting approximately 35 tonnes of waste from landfill over a 12 week period. A general commercial trial resulted in the diversion of approximately 60 tonnes of waste from landfill over 12 weeks - approximately 4 tonnes per business (SMR Consultancy, 2003). Pressures: As outlined in the Strategic Waste Management Plan (Watkins, 2008) striving Towards Zero Waste is fundamentally driven by environmental and social considerations as the financial benefits are limited. Any financial benefits are generally consumed by other costly waste reduction activities.

The Shire is reliant on significant internal budget allocations and external funding to implement this plan and the Towards Zero Waste initiative along with a supportive Council and committed Shire staff. The success of any waste reduction and/or recycling programs will also depend on the level of community acceptance and participation.

Changing community expectations, increased production and consumption of recyclable materials, higher disposal costs, the ability to recycle a wider range of material as well as increasing population and tourist numbers will increase the demand for recycling and waste minimisation services. This will require additional and improved local resource recovery infrastructure, such as reuse and recycling stations, industry and community-based composting schemes, worm farms, or other alternative waste diversion schemes (Watkins, 2008).

119 Current Responses: Strategic Waste Management Plan: This plan has identified numerous future options for improving the management of existing recycling activities as well as increasing the range of future activities.

Waste Management Board (WMB): The State Government established the WMB to develop a sustainable framework for dealing with waste in Western Australia and provide advice to the Minister for the Environment on matters relating to waste management in Western Australia.

Towards Zero Waste: This is the vision set by the WMB. Zero Waste is a concept designed to drive the redesign of resource-use systems to emulate natural processes where no waste exists. It is about managing resources and eliminating waste, rather than managing waste and eliminating resources.

The Waste Management Board plans to introduce a requirement that organisations wishing to access funds from the Waste Management and Recycling Fund will need to develop, maintain and implement an approved ZWP. The Shire has developed a Zero Waste Plan program and data collection process and has received feedback from the DEC. The second phase of the program is currently underway and the Strategic Waste Management Plan forms part of that process.

Strategic Waste Incentive Scheme (SWIS): This is a broad support scheme for initiatives which are consistent with the Waste Management Board’s Statement of Strategic Direction for Waste Management in Western Australia.

Community Grants Scheme (CGS): Funding is available for community based groups implementing successful local-community scale projects which are consistent with the Waste Management Board's Statement of Strategic Direction for Waste Management in Western Australia.

Waste Wise Schools Program (WWSP): The Waste Management Board provides most of the funding for this program which aims to help schools reduce the waste they sent to landfill by adopting the ‘Reduce, Reuse and Recycle’ philosophy.

The program provides schools with a range of educational resources relating to waste and sustainability including practical guidance on ways to reduce solid waste being generated by the school, ongoing professional support of teachers, a mobile display van that visits participating schools, and financial incentives through the Waste Wise Youth Grants.

SW Recycling Blueprint: The South West Development Commission (SWDC) initiated and sponsored the SW Recycling Blueprint which is used by industry and councils however, it is due for reviewing and updating. The blueprint was the result of a study to create a regional strategy to outline a management approach and identify opportunities for Local Authorities and contractors in the collection and recycling of domestic and commercial waste.

Event Recycling: This program was developed recently in response to the large number of public events that are held within the Shire and also due to the significant quantity of waste being generated at these events. The kit includes a purpose-built event recycling trailer and appropriate bin lids. Figure S8 Recycling Trailer Margaret River Agricultural Show 2008

120 DrumMuster: This program is funded by a levy on the purchase of farm chemicals and aims to keep plastic agricultural chemical containers out of landfills where they often leach highly toxic chemicals such as herbicides and stock drench.

ChemClear: This is a periodic chemical collection program that is focused on agricultural chemicals and requires participants to book in to the program in advance. According to the Strategic Waste Management Plan (Watkins, 2008) the 2007 clearance for Augusta Margaret River was the largest clearance in Western Australia, mainly due to the significant amount of agricultural chemicals used by the viticulture industry. The Shire had 13.26% of the state total of Group One chemicals and 11.53% of the state total of Group Two chemicals.

Glass Crusher The Shire of Augusta Margaret River recently installed a glass crusher at the Davis Road facility . The installation of a glass crusher in our region we aim to effectively reduce the amount of glass in landfill. The new machine aims to divert 870 tonnes of glass waste from landfill within 12 months of production. “The glass crusher will also provide an opportunity for other Council’s to recycle their glass in the South West instead of sending it interstate which is currently Uneconomical.”

Bailer The Shire also installed a bailer at the Davis Road tip in 2009 to process local cardboard and paper waste.

Doggy bags: The Council provides Doggy bags to allow the owners to clean up their pet’s dog poo at several of the council reserves.

Coastal beach Clean up Tangaroa Blue Ocean Care Society is run as a non-profit organisation with the goals of:

1. creating awareness in the community of marine environmental and conservation issues through marine environmental science projects; and

2. proactively participating in and organising marine conservation projects which address marine conservation issues.

The first part of the project was the South West Marine Debris Project which was started in 2004. Since then more than 150,000 pieces of debris have been removed from beaches along Australia's south west coastline.

The Marine Debris Project is not just a beach clean up, but data is collected on items found, which is then used to trace the most commonly found items back to their source. By then, working with Government agencies and industry, it is possible to make changes in design or use of these items so they do not end up on our beaches in the first place.

Implications: The Shire has a role to play in educating the community in relation to separation, recovery and disposal of recyclable waste. However, whilst they can provide encouragement and the services and infrastructure to collect, separate and handle recyclable materials, the degree of participation depends on the will of the community.

“Without total integration of the whole-of-life management of recyclable products by the manufacturer, purchaser (predominantly the community), local government, state government and commercial industry, an intense effort put in by one or two of the players will have very little impact on the overall quantity of waste recycling” (Watkins, 2008).

121

Actions 7.5 Implement the Shires Waste Management Plan which incorporates the Towards Zero Waste philosophy. Implement the Glass Crusher and Bailer into the Waste Management Plan 7.6 Develop a strategy for improving management of unmanned transfer stations. 7.7 Increase community access and participation in the recycling service including education, promotion and improving available services and increase recycling in public areas and during public events. 7.8 Undertake regular reviews of the methodologies adopted for the management of waste streams. 7.9 Support local solutions to local waste issues wherever possible, eg use of glass crusher and bailer at Davis Road. 7.10 Develop a landfill management plan for the Davis Road site, to ensure future landfill management is in accordance with best practise activities to minimise the environmental impact of waste disposal. 7.11 Promote the Building waste that can be recycled 7.12 Promote and support the annual beach clean up organised by the Tangaroa Blue Ocean Care Society

7.3 Water use in Settlements

Key Findings:  The Shire of Augusta Margaret River is currently implementing on a major Waste water reuse project from Margaret River town site. Waste water will be treated and used to irrigate public parks, ovals and school grounds and potentially the Margaret River Golf Course. This replaces the need for summer pumping from the Margaret River and groundwater sources.  Western Australia is currently behind other states and countries in terms of the adoption of large scale water reuse and recycling programs.  An estimated 2340 gigalitres (GL) of water was used in WA in 2005 (Government of Western Australia, 2007c), representing an increase of over 300% since 1980 and is still increasing.

Description: Western Australia's environment, economic productivity and the community's lifestyle and health all depend upon the availability of good quality fresh water. To provide these services, water needs to be extracted from waterways and groundwater aquifers. Careful management and use of water resources is necessary to ensure that ecosystems are sustained while delivering economic and social benefits.

The water supply sector aims to provide public and private users with a reliable water supply, both in quantity and quality, while safeguarding the needs of the environment. The sector is responsible for managing, protecting and allocating the use of surface water and groundwater resources in a sustainable manner for the benefit of current and future generations.

The Government of Western Australia (2003) have recognised that “Climate change has contributed to a 10-20 percent reduction in rainfall in the south west of the State alone over the last 28 years, a subsequent 40–50 per cent reduction in run-off into our dams and reduced recharge of groundwater.”

The most recent climate change predictions indicate that the current dry conditions, which extend to many other parts of Australia, are likely to continue. The South West region is expected to become

122 increasingly warmer and drier in coming years. Increasing temperatures will result in reduced run-off from water catchments, and will lead to increased demand for water by humans, animals and vegetation. This highlights the need for this region to develop plans for water conservation, and use efficiency as well as water reuse.

Water service provision is necessary in settlements to provide clean water for drinking, cooking cleaning and for removing wastes. As the demand for water increases in settlements it puts greater pressure on limited water resources. Excessive abstraction of surface water and groundwater sources is likely to lead to environmental degradation. Coupled with rising water consumption is the issue of managing the wastewater being generated.

Households are either connected to public sewerage systems or discharge to septic tanks or other onsite treatment and disposal units. If these systems are not effectively installed and managed, they can pose a threat to both public health and local receiving environments (EPA, 2007).

Western Australia is currently behind other states and countries in terms of the adoption of large scale water reuse and recycling programs and the mandatory installment of rainwater and greywater systems in new houses.

Objectives:  Reduce per capita water use.  Improve and promote water use efficiency through behaviour changes, appliance choices and landscaping.  Increase water reuse and recycling.  Incorporate water sensitive design principles in planning for new developments and retrofit existing areas.

Condition: Indicator S5: Water Supply Scheme water for Margaret River, Cowaramup, Prevelly and Gnarabup is supplied by the Ten Mile Brook Dam, which is supplemented by pumping from the Margaret River. Pumping only occurs when flow in the Margaret River is at least double the pumping rate which allows pumping until November in normal years.

The Margaret River Catchment (including Ten Mile Brook) is currently licensed to supply 1 Gigalitre (1,000,000 kL) each year with the Ten Mile Brook Catchment contributing approximately 650 000 kL. The Margaret River Town Water Supply Scheme has the capacity to supply up to 1.65 GL per year (Department of Environment, 2005). Public parks and school grounds in Margaret River are currently irrigated by pumping from summer pools on the Margaret River. The Department of Water has licenced this use over the short term under the provision that the Shire find alternative sources. Scheme water for the Augusta area is sourced from the Fisher Road Borefield and the Leeuwin Springs. The current annual demand for scheme water in the Augusta area is around 360,000 kL.

Drinking water for the southern portion of Augusta is obtained from the Leeuwin Spring Weir which is a natural spring draining a small sand and karstic limestone catchment (Leeuwin Spring Catchment Area) at the southern tip of the Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge (Department of Water, 2007).

The Water Corporation’s 2005/06 annual statement to the Water and Rivers Commission reported a noticeable decline in the level of the Leeuwin Spring outflow which “is likely to be due largely to the sequence of poor winters over the past 5 years” (Water Corporation, 2007a).

The northern portion of Augusta is supplied from the Fisher Road borefield comprised of 3 bores, which extract groundwater from confined aquifers within the Lesueur Sandstone and Warnbro Member of the Southern Perth Basin. The borefield was commissioned in 1994 to augment the Leeuwin Spring drinking water supply and is licensed to 320,000 kL per annum with any excess abstraction requiring prior approval from the Department of Water.

123

Indicator S6: Water Use. It is estimated that only 60% of the Shire’s population are connected to scheme water (based on urban population data from the 2006 Census). Residents without a reticulated scheme water supply provide their own water through rainwater harvesting, bores, dams and soaks. Water may also be transported during summer to replenish depleted rainwater storage tank supplies.

Figure S9 Residential Water Use AMRSC Shire

Figure S9 indicates the total and per capita Residential Water Use - AMR Shire residential water use based on the proportion 145 1000 of the population connected to scheme water 140 using data generated through the ICLEI Water 800 Campaign and Census data. Both the total 135 water use and the per capita consumption has 600 increased over this period. 130 400 125

120 200 Per capita (kL) Use Water Residential Water Use (ML) Residential Use Water 115 0 2002 2003 2004 2005 Per capita Residential Water Use

Figure S10: Household Water Use in WA

Household Water Use in Western Australia A breakdown of average household water use is shown in figure 2. These values are taken Other from a study by Loh & Coughlan (2003) of 1% Washing Perth households but give an indication of the Machine expected breakdown for local scheme water Bath & Toilet 11% users. 9% Shower Swimming Taps 14% Pool 7% Leaks 2% 2%

Watering 54%

The Department of Water is responsible for determining the sustainability of water resources. This involves determining how much water can be taken for consumptive use without significant risk to ecological systems. Ecological water requirements are determined from scientific investigations and modelling. Environmental water provisions take into account the ecological, social and economic context. This information is used to derive the sustainable yield and set the allocation limit for consumptive use (Department of Water, 2006).

Current information for surface water allocation is not available and presents difficulties in managing the resource sustainably. In 1997, about 36% of surface water management areas in the State had at least one management unit that was at full allocation or over-allocated. At the smaller management unit scale, one-quarter of those units were at or exceeding the estimated sustainable yield (Table TS8.2). Surface water management plans, containing detailed environmental water provisions, exist for 12% of heavily allocated surface water areas, namely the Harvey River and the Ord River.

124 Surface and Ground water management plans for the Whicher area incorporating all land within the Shire of Augusta Margaret River were released by the Department of Water in 2009 to guide water allocation limits.

Indicator S7: Water reuse Water is a valuable resource and efforts to recycle and reuse water (in appropriate circumstances) are being encouraged. The State Water Strategy set a target of 20% of treated wastewater to be recycled by 2012 (Government of Western Australia, 2003b). On average, about 12% of the State's treated wastewater is currently recycled.

There are currently no available data for determining the volume of water reused or recycled within the Shire. Pressures: Population and economic growth: Water use in WA has tripled over the last 25 years, and may double again over the next 20 years. This is caused mainly by growth in private supply for irrigated agriculture and mining, and a steady growth in demand for public water supplies as the city of Perth and regional centres continue to grow.

Additional demand for water resources will place more pressure on infrastructure and the environment. In some areas water from natural sources may be insufficient to meet demand and alternative supplies may be costly, limiting economic development.

Concerns have been raised by the Department of Environment and Conservation in relation to abstraction from the Leeuwin Springs for the town water supply and additional commercial extraction for bottled spring water. The abstraction is causing declines in groundwater levels that could threaten the ecological integrity of the adjacent National Park area.

This area has a high species richness including threatened and protected species and communities. The site supports both the Cape Leeuwin Freshwater Snail (Austroassiminea letha), and the Augusta microbial structures ‘threatened ecological community’ (TEC) consisting of rimstone pools and cave structures reliant on fresh water supplies (DEC, 2007). Strong population growth across the Shire is likely to put considerable pressure on water resources and see an increase in the volume of wastewater generated. This increases pressure to exploit new environmental water sources and expand existing supplies. Along with increased supply is the requirement for new infrastructure for drinking water treatment and delivery and wastewater treatment and removal creating incidental environmental impacts. Long-term rainfall data from the South West indicates a 10-20% decline in rainfall over the past 30 years, seen as a sudden shift towards a drier climate in the mid-1970s (Indian Ocean Climate Initiative, 2002). This has produced a 65% decline in environmental water availability. Most of the driest years have occurred in the last decade potentially indicating a trend of further drying.

Rising per capita water consumption coupled with falling household size and reduced dwelling occupancy rates magnifies the pressure on water supplies. This is largely related to the irrigation of gardens and increasing use of labour saving appliances and fittings.

Current Responses:

State Water Strategy: The State Government has developed the State Water Strategy to provide a multi-faceted approach to water management that combines new sources, new efficiency measures and innovative ways of re- using wastewater (Government of WA, 2003). One of the key initiatives is for a 14% reduction in scheme water use per capita across the state that will equate to a usage figure of 100kL per person. This will be a challenging figure for the urban community given the average consumption in 2005 for the shire was 142kL per capita.

As part of the State Water Strategy, the State Government undertook a review of irrigation activities in WA (Government of Western Australia, 2005). The review made a series of wide ranging

125 recommendations with implications for the way water resources were planned, allocated, managed and monitored. The government also signed the National Water Initiative in 2006, which required further water sector reform.

Blueprint for Water Reform in WA: The Blueprint for Water Reform in WA (Government of Western Australia, 2006) provides recommendations for development of statutory water management plans, water access entitlements, metering, water resource management charges, water use efficiency, integration of land and water planning. A Government response document (Government of Western Australia, 2007a) outlines a number of actions to implement water reform.

National Water Initiative: In April 2006 WA became party to this Commonwealth program that recognises the imperative to ensure the health of groundwater and river systems, ensure environmentally sustainable levels of extraction, increase the productivity and efficiency of water use and secure water supply services. It builds on the 1994 National Water Initiative (Council of Australian Governments, 1994) where greater attention was made to ensure adequate environmental water provisions are set when sustainable water allocation limits are assessed.

Western Australia has since developed a draft implementation plan (Government of Western Australia, 2007b). The plan will be underpinned by reform of water legislation and will focus on water access entitlements, the planning process for setting allocations, water entitlement trading, metering and water pricing.

Water use efficiency: Water use efficiency measures for public water supplies were developed through the Perth's Water Future Report (Stokes et al., 1995) and then enhanced through the State Water Strategy. Highly successful components were sprinkler restrictions and the suite of Waterwise programs for householders and industry, including the State Government's rebate scheme for efficient household appliances.

A total of 5.5 GL per year had been saved through the Waterwise program since 2003 (Kobelke, 2007). It has been extended on-farm with an education and training program for irrigators and farmers, coordinated by the Department of Agriculture. The program has also been extended to plumbers, garden centres, land developers, garden irrigators and schools. There has not been an equivalent education program to improve the water efficiency of private users.

CSIRO is undertaking several research programs including the development of models that better utilise technology for water allocation, storage, treatment and reuse in relation to sustainability principles.

Water reuse: Increasingly, wastewater, stormwater and rainwater are being seen as recyclable water alternatives, rather than as disposal problems. Only about 5% of treated wastewater in the Perth city region is being recycled. To increase this figure the Water Corporation is focussing on four key categories of water recycling schemes for Perth: reuse, public open space irrigation, agricultural irrigation and scheme water augmentation. Comparatively, wastewater reuse in regional settlements is much greater.

ICLEI Water Campaign: The Water Campaign™ is an international freshwater management program which aims to build the capacity of local government to reduce water consumption and improve local water quality. It enables local governments to quantify and qualify water resource use, develop local water action plans, set targets, act on their plans, and track and report goal-achievement

The endorsed Local Action Plan includes goals and initiatives to be implemented within the shire with internal and external funding. Major projects already underway include;

126 Water Wise Councils program The aim of this program is to build a co-operative working relationship with local governments to promote sound water management and improve water use efficiency in local government and their communities.

Water Conservation Plan A designed to help your council to best manage its water allocation by implementing water strategies to conserve water in the irrigation of public open space while still retaining amenity.

Waste Water Recycling Project: Waste water from Margaret River townsite will be treated and used to water public parks, ovals and school grounds and potentially the Margaret River Golf Course. This replaces the need for summer pumping from the river and groundwater sources.

Water available for irrigation 375,000

Shire irrigation 28ha 211,000 MR Golf Course 25ha 188,000

Water required 399,000

Short fall 24,000

Table S11 shows the water savings and the shortfall to be made up through efficiencies or other sources (Everard et al, 2008).

Stormwater Basin: Stormwater from the Margaret River CBD is being diverted through a recently constructed treatment wetland containing native rushes and sedges prior to entering the Margaret River.

Water Wise Initiative: The rebate scheme and public education program aims to improve water demand management and water use efficiency within the household sector (Government of Western Australia, 2003). The rebates apply to water efficient fittings and appliances.

Sprinkler Restrictions: Country areas are now subject to a permanent watering day roster for scheme water users as of the 1st October 2007. There is also a state-wide ban on watering between 9am and 6pm (WaterCorp, 2007).

Water Use in Houses Code: The new Water Use in Houses Code is part of the State Government’s 5 Star Plus program. The Department for Planning and Infrastructure has developed WA BASIX – a web-based planning tool assisting designers of new houses to achieve reductions in water and energy use compared to calculated benchmarks. The department is also looking into a similar tool, Retrofix, for existing homes.

South West Regional Water Plan: The Department of Water has developed the draft South West regional water plan in partnership with its stakeholders. The plan provides a strategic vision to guide the sustainable management of the regions water resources and water services.

The plan provides and overview of the major challenges facing the South West region as we proceed through a period of climate change and regional growth. In order to meet these challenges, a vision for the region’s water future to 2030 has been developed, with an action plan over a five-year time frame.

The purpose of the plan is:  To assess the current state of water resource management  To identify regional trends and factors that will influence water management in coming years  To assess current and future water availability and demand at a regional scale.  To engage the community on regional water management priorities  To communicate state government priorities for water resource management  To set a vision for water policy, planning and management in the region

127  To determine priority actions to support water policy and to plan implementation and improved water resource management.

Desalinisation: The State's first desalinisation plant to be used as a major public water supply was officially opened in April 2007. It produces 45 GL/year at full production, which is currently ~17% of the annual demand from the Integrated Water Supply Scheme; including the Goldfields and agricultural region serviced by the Water Corporation. To reduce environmental impacts, electricity for the plant has been sourced from the Emu Downs Wind Farm.

Village Scale Water Collection, Treatment and Reuse Urban expansion is in progress in the village of Witchcliffe and the coastal settlement of Gracetown and new villages are being planned at Karridale and Kudardup. These villages are being developed with decentralised, village scale wastewater treatment and reuse. The traditional approach of piping water to surrounding settlements from Margaret River and then pumping wastewater back to Margaret River for treatment and disposal has been put aside and a requirement for sustainable local solutions has been written into planning instruments for these locations. This initiative saves significant energy costs in pumping water, it reduces impacts on the Margaret River which is the main water source for potable water and utilises treated water instead of increasing disposal impacts.

128

Stormwater - A New Approach to Onsite Storage Several developments in the shire have now been designed with rainwater tanks to provide stormwater storage. Rainwater tanks are connected to roof runoff and as a minimum are plumbed to toilets.

For residential developments, a minimum 2.5m³ storage space is typically required which can be achieved using a 5,000 litre rainwater tank with a trickle outlet at the appropriate level. Home owners can however obtain greater water savings (and government rebates) by installing a larger tank.

Grey Water Reuse – Shire Caravan Parks A water audit undertaken by the shire as part of the ICLEI water program brought to attention that the Shire’s two Caravan Parks were the Shires biggest water users. A grey water reuse system is now being installed at the Flinders Bay Caravan Park in Augusta that will reduce the water needs of the park and at the same time help reduce the load on septic systems that previously have to cope with large seasonal peaks. By diverting Grey water including water from showers and washing machines to water landscaped areas, a reduction in water used for irrigation will be achieved, as well as improving the effectiveness of existing wastewater systems.

The water savings and cost savings will be monitored and will be available to assist in building a business case to implement similar systems at other caravan parks in the shire and the shire’s Recreation Centre.

The new infiltration beds at Flinders Bay Caravan Park Pump tank showing the ozone injection system used to treat wastewater after it has been through a sedimentation tank.

129

Recycled Water for Parks, Schools and Sporting Facilities Community parks, two schools and sporting fields in Margaret River are currently irrigated with water pumped from the Margaret River. The community has got behind a proposal from developers, Lester Group, and the Shire of Augusta-Margaret River to reduce the impact on the river by utilising recycled, treated waste water for irrigation.

An initial investigation has been completed which has found that the majority of the infrastructure required to recycle water is already in place including a modern wastewater treatment plant that achieves suitable water quality standards, a large waste water holding dam that can store treated water over winter, a disinfection plant, treated water pump station and irrigation systems.

To implement the system, the main improvements required are to upgrade the existing treated water pump station which currently pumps to a trickle system on a pine plantation and to construct a pipeline to link the pump station with the existing irrigation system.

In addition to the major capital works, a number of temporary storage tanks will be required and a management system will need to be developed. The management system will be able to take advantage of existing telemetry systems used in operation of the town wastewater systems to ensure real time monitoring and response as part of health and environmental management systems.

The project will save approximately 250ML p.a. of water from the Margaret River contributing to increased environmental flows and river health. It will assist offset impacts of climate change on the river.

The project has involved working closely with key stakeholders at the school, golf course, sporting clubs, parks and gardens staff and developers to ensure needs of each group are met. There has also been considerable community consultation including newspaper articles, radio stories, community surveys and attendance at school staff meetings. While initially it was expected that there would be some community resistance, we have been surprised at the overwhelming level of community support.

Margaret River Water Recycling Stage 1

130 Waterless Urinals The shire has converted all of its urinals in public toilets to waterless urinals using the desert cube system.

Water Sensitive Urban Design Policy The Shire of Augusta-Margaret River has developed a local planning policy for Water Sensitive Urban Design. The policy provides direction and framework for improving management of the urban water cycle in new developments. The policy is based on the model local planning policy prepared by New Waterways to assist local government in Western Australia introducing water sensitive urban design (WSUD) into the planning process. The policy addresses the objective of the State Water Plan 2007 that “Water sensitive design principles are incorporated in planning for new and retrofitted developments”.

The DPI and the Department of Water are currently reviewing the subdivision planning process to introduce provisions for better planning and management of water through the development process. As part of this review it is proposed that water management strategies will be required at each planning level from regional structure planning, district structure planning and local structure planning as well as at a subdivision level. The Shire’s Water Sensitive Urban Design Local Planning Policy will be part of this framework.

Water sensitive urban design applies to the local, subdivision and development scale. It has a focus on the built environment and providing local scale responses. While outcomes from the policy will be informed by higher order strategies that are still being developed by the DPI and Department of Water, a local scale response and improvements to the built environment are already being implemented through subdivision and development conditions and local demonstration projects.

Rain Gardens Rain gardens are being promoted as an ecologically sound alternative to engineered stormwater storages. A rain garden information sheet has been developed by the shire and is provided to developers. It promotes raingardens and explains how a simple rain garden works.

Margaret River Rain Garden Stormwater from the Margaret River CBD including runoff from commercial developments, roads, carparks and paving flows untreated, through a pipe system down Bussell Highway and is discharged into the Margaret River. As well as the usual sources of pollutants, strong development with construction occurring on clay sites result in significant amounts of sediment tracked out of building sites.

131

A diagram showing the rain garden design is provided below.

Extract from Margaret River Rain Garden Engineering Design Drawings

The Margaret River Rain Garden was completed in July 2008 and the dark sediment layer that has already been established is evidence of the pollutants being removed from the stormwater. Also evidence of the performance is the clear outflow from the filter compared to turbid water entering the rain garden. Photographs of the rain garden are attached below.

Actions: 7.12 Implement the Shire water sensitive urban design policy and ensure new development address the criteria for water reuse and collection. 7.13 Encourage community uptake of rainwater tanks and rain gardens in residential areas. 7.14 Ensure all new subdivision development meet their obligations of preparing local water management strategies. 7.15 Implement recommendation within the Shires water Conservation plan for irrigated areas and audits undertaken on high water using council building such as the recreation centre. 7.16 Commence Margaret River waste water recycling project to reticulate parks, schools, sporting grounds and golf club. 7.17 Design stormwater management systems to include gross pollutant traps, nutrient stripping ponds and stormwater harvesting

132 7.4 Energy use

Key Findings:  Transport currently represents around 20% of all energy consumed in WA.

Description: Australian households are estimated to account for over half of total energy use in Australia through direct and indirect consumption. (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2001a).

Almost all of the energy supply comes from non-renewable fossil fuel resources such as petroleum products, coal, and natural gas. Generating and utilising the energy from fossil fuels emits large amounts of greenhouse gases and particulate matter into the atmosphere. These emissions are harmful to both human health and to the environment.

The infrastructure for power and transport systems impact the environment through the loss or degradation of native vegetation, waterways and wetlands or other ecosystems, landscape fragmentation and the spread of weeds and dieback. Motor vehicles kill and injure a significant number of native animals each year (EPA, 2007).

Objectives:  Reduce energy use and increase energy efficiency  Increase the proportion of energy supplied from renewable sources and reduce greenhouse gas emissions associated with energy production and consumption  Reduce vehicle use and increase efficiency of transport  Offset greenhouse gas emissions Condition: Indicator S8: Residential Energy Use. In Western Australia, per capita residential energy use has grown about 11%, from 15.5 gigajoules per capita in 1990 to 17.2 gigajoules per capita in 2005 (Australian Bureau of Statistics (2006a), Australian Bureau of Agricultural and Resource Economics (2005)). The rate of growth in per capita residential energy consumption has slowed considerably since the mid-1990s and has even declined slightly since 2003 (EPA, 2007)

Figure S12: Household energy use WA

A breakdown of average household energy Household Energy Use in Western Australia consumption shows that the majority of energy is used for water heating and heating and cooling the Fridge house (Sustainable Energy Development Office, 2008). 16% Cooking Water 12% Lighting Heating 4% 31% Other 11% Heating & Cooling 26%

133 Indicator S9: Renewable Energy Use.

Figure S13: Green Power Participation 2007 Currently only 2% of all energy used in WA is derived from renewable sources. Customers of Green Power Participation (Dec 2007) the South West Interconnected System can 300 purchase electricity generated from renewable energy sources through NaturalPower - 250 Residential Commer c ial Synergy’s accredited Green Power product. 200 Green Power is a national renewable energy program where consumers opt to pay a premium 150 to have their consumption provided by 100 renewable energy. 50

Currently only 0.95% of Synergy customers ofNumber Customers (,000) 0 purchase NaturalPower. WA has the lowest NSW VIC QLD SA WA ACT participation in Green Power in Australia (National GreenPower Steering Group, 2007).

Indicator S10: Transportation. The average fuel efficiency of the Australian vehicle fleet has decreased by about 10% since the 1970s (Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics, 2002). This is primarily due to the demand for bigger and more powerful cars largely offsetting the efficiency gains through new engine technology (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2001b). Transport currently represents around 20% of all energy consumed in WA (Australian Bureau of Agricultural and Resource Economics, 2005). In 2004-05 road transport accounted for over 70% of transport energy use which totaled 165.7 petajoules. Air travel is the second largest contributor to greenhouse gas emissions accounting for 8%. Annual air travel for domestic and regional airlines in WA has nearly doubled since 1995 to 11.3 billion km due largely to cheap flights and 'fly-in fly-out' operations (Department of Transport and Regional Services, 2005).

Pressures: Increasing standards of living along with population growth are leading to increased energy use. This is placing significant pressures on the environment largely due to the increase in demand for new power stations, new infrastructure for transmission and our heavy reliance on fossil fuel based power supply.

Due to the rural nature and lack of rail infrastructure or ports, the Shire is highly dependent on road transport for the supply of goods and travel. A large amount of transport energy is therefore required with the vast majority of vehicles being powered by fossil fuels. Additionally, there are a significant proportion of the population driving long distances to work or employed on 'fly-in fly-out' worksites, particularly in the resources sector (Western Australian Planning Commission, 2005).

Current Responses: Cities for Climate Protection (CCP): The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives runs the CCP Campaign to assist cities to adopt policies and implement quantifiable measures to reduce local greenhouse gas emissions, improve air quality and enhance urban livability and sustainability (ICLEI, 2008). The Shire has joined the CCP campaign.

National Framework for Energy Efficiency: This is a joint State-Commonwealth Government initiative. The framework defines future directions for energy efficiency policy and programs in Australia and aims to achieve major improvements in energy

134 efficiency, reduce energy demand and lower greenhouse gas emissions (National Framework for Energy Efficiency, 2006).

Sustainable Energy Development Office (SEDO): SEDO administers a number of programs for energy efficiency and renewable energy in settlements for the state government. The website provides information to households on how to reduce energy use and greenhouse gas production through house design, appliance choices and use and grant or rebates to encourage uptake of renewable energy, energy efficient products and best practice energy management. Key projects include; Gas-boosted solar water heater rebates - Between 2002 and 2004 there was a 156% per annum increase in sales in WA compared to the national average of 32%. Photovoltaic rebates - Rebates are available for innovative renewable energy and energy efficiency projects and installation of photovoltaic (solar) power systems in homes, and community buildings such as schools. (www.sedo.energy.wa.gov.au)

Energy efficiency standards: The Building Code of Australia has specified thermal energy efficiency performance standards for new residential buildings which the State Government is progressively implementing (www.abcb.gov.au). It is also trialing AccuRate, which is an energy efficiency software, developed by CSIRO for application in new homes, and in additions and alterations to existing homes (www.csiro.gov.au).

The Green Building Council of Australia The Green Building Council of Australia (GBCA) has developed a national environmental rating tool for buildings called the ‘Green Star’ rating system. The tool rates a building in relation to its management, the health and wellbeing of its occupants, accessibility to public transport, water use, energy consumption, the embodied energy of its materials, land use and pollution.

Building tools: The Department for Planning and Infrastructure has developed WA BASIX – a web-based planning tool allowing designers of new homes to achieve reductions in energy and water use compared to calculated benchmarks. The department is also looking into a similar tool, Retrofix, for existing homes.

NaturalPower: Synergy offers residential and commercial customers the option to pay a premium to have their electricity provided by renewable sources (see http://www.synergy.net.au). NaturalPower is accredited by the National Green Power Accreditation Program (see http://www.greenpower.gov.au). The Shire has signed up for NaturalPower and the local Margaret River Climate Action Group actively encourages people in the community to sign up.

Emission Offsets: There are a number of companies offering carbon offsets. These generally involve tree planting or investment in technology to capture, reduce or treat greenhouse gasses. Although offsets can help provide much-needed investment in these technologies, avoiding or reducing on-site emissions can have better financial and environmental outcomes.

Implications:

Under current trends, energy consumption is expected to continue to increase with rising population and to accommodate people’s lifestyles and desire for labour saving and luxury appliances. Greenhouse gas emissions will also continue to increase unless there is a significant shift towards the use of renewable energy and major improvements in energy efficiency.

The distribution of settlements in the shire along with existing transport networks and low density urban development mean the population will remain dependent on road transport if lifestyles remain similar. As the population increases so will greenhouse gas emissions from transport. Expansion of the existing road network will further impact native vegetation, waterways and wetlands along with further fragmentation of ecological communities and wildlife (EPA, 2007).

135

Actions

7.18 Develop and implement and Local Energy Action Plan for the Shire.

7.19 Encourage renewable energy generation within the Shire.

7.20 Promote the Green Building Council of Australia’s Green Star building rating systems within the Shire

7.21 Implement energy efficient building design for new community buildings and for the retrofit of existing buildings

7.22 Investigate the use of fuel efficient and alternative fuel vehicles for inclusion within the Shire fleet through the Shires assessment of vehicle tenders.

7.23 Promote and implement the Travel Smart program to encourage the use of public transport, walking, cycling and car pooling.

136

Theme 8 TOWARDS SUSTAINABILITY

Introduction

Sustainability is an aspirational goal of meeting the needs of the current and future generations through an integration of environmental protection, social advancement and economic prosperity (Government of Western Australia, 2003)

The concept of sustainability has been widely embraced by many as a powerful means of realising a better future. The concept of sustainability is described as the triple bottom line and requires us to challenge the normal way of doing things and to look for opportunities that improve the environment, society and economy without accepting trade-offs.

The towards sustainability theme focuses primarily on the ‘environmental integrity’ component of sustainability. Environmental integrity aims to ensure that the areas natural resources are conserved, managed, protected and used sustainably for future generations.

Managing natural resources sustainably refers to maintaining or enhancing natural resources, while providing for beneficial uses. Often environmental management systems (EMS) or accredited schemes are used to ensure a coordinated, logical approach to managing the natural resource.

Conserving natural resources means preserving our environment for the long term. This is often achieved by placing environmental assets into a conservation reserve system or other protection mechanisms.

Protecting natural resources refers to the maintenance of key ecosystem services including soil, water and vegetation health and habitat provision. Inadequate protection of ecosystem services will impact natural cycles.

Using natural resources refers to consuming natural resources to provide economic and social benefit. This requires the determination of sustainable yield or allocation limits for natural resources.

8.1 Tourism

Key Findings:  The future of tourism in the area relies heavily on the maintenance of the quality of the environment and the management of natural attractions and their associated cultural values.

Description: Tourism is one of the few sectors that place a value on the conservation of the environment for economic and social benefit. The natural environment is a major attraction for visitors to Augusta Margaret River Shire. International and domestic visitors are drawn to the area for its pristine ocean, waters and reefs, tall forests and biodiversity. The future of tourism in the area relies heavily on the maintenance of the quality of the environment and the management of natural attractions and their associated cultural values.

The average figures from 2005, 2006 and 2007 from Tourism Western Australia recorded 479,100 overnight visitors to the Shire of Augusta Margaret River and 292,000 domestic day visitors.

The top 10 leisure activities for the Augusta Margaret River Shire included: 42% go to the beach

137 19% Bushwalking 45% general sight seeing 17% Visit national parks and state parks 13% Picnics or BBQs

The Tourism Industry provides a major economic contribution to WA and generates a range of social benefits. Tourism generates approximately $3.6 billion annually from visitor expenditure, contributing 5.5% of the states gross state product. The sector employs approximately 54,000 people, or 5.8% of the states workforce (Access Economics Pty Ltd, 2003) State SOE report.

Objective:  The development of a sustainable tourism industry in a manner that maintains the areas environmental integrity and ensures the areas natural resources are conserved, managed, protected and used sustainably for future generations.

Indicators:

Headline indicators that measure the environmental performance of the tourism sector are only now being developed by tourism research bodies and management agencies. The following headline indicators, while not ideal, are the most relevant existing headline indicators.

Headline Indicator TS1:  Percentage of ecotourism businesses that have obtained environmental accreditation under recognized tourism certification programs. Only 4% of ecotourism businesses in the state have obtained environmental accreditation, which certifies ecotourism businesses based on various environmental management and sustainability practices. Currently, 384 nature-based tourism businesses are registered to operate within Department of Environment and Conservation's conservation reserves. Of these, 16 are accredited ecotourism businesses. Headline Indicator TS2:  Percentage of tourists that visit natural icons or undertake outdoor activities in Western Australia. The indicator represents the value placed on the areas natural environment by tourists. There has been a marginal increase in the percentage of tourists visiting natural icons or undertaking outdoor activities in recent years. This may be related to nature based tourism marketing strategies, or it may reflect that the WA environment is becoming more important for the tourism sector.

Approximately, 40% of all visitors to WA in 2006 participated in an outdoor or nature experience, such as going to the beach, visiting national/state parks, bushwalking, rainforest walks, visiting botanic/public gardens, scenic tours and visiting farms. Over 80% of international visitors participated in nature or outdoor activities reflecting the value overseas people place on the states natural attractions and biodiversity. It also demonstrates the ability of natural icons to inspire people to travel. When combined with anticipated growth rates for international visitors, this will put significant additional pressure on the states natural icon sites (DEC 2007).

Pressures:

Tourism is the world's largest industry. Global visitation exceeded 800 million for 2005, representing an all-time record (World Tourism Organization, 2006). This is at a time when there is mounting evidence of serious global environmental degradation. The tourism industry is a contributor to issues such as climate change, species loss, habitat destruction, water availability, pollution and waste.

Tourism impacts on the environment occur in different ways. The construction of major tourism infrastructure (e.g. hotels and marinas) can impact local environments and encourage a greater influx of visitors than would otherwise visit the area. The additional demand on water and energy supplies

138 may also require further infrastructure development. Large developments also have the potential to generate significant quantities of waste that may lead to pollution and degradation of ecosystems if inadequately managed.

While environmental impact can be addressed through good design and best practice, impacts caused by inappropriate location of tourism activities presents a number of challenges. Examples of inappropriate location impacts include coastal camping and activities like sand boarding and four- wheel driving in fragile dunes, resorts with high water use in arid environments, and concentrated recreational and charter fishing in sensitive marine habitats (EPA 2007).

The sustainability of the Western Australian tourism sector is closely linked to the health of the State's environment, and the quality of nature based experiences. The sector requires that natural resources and the environment are maintained so that the tourism experience, with its economic and social benefits, is available for future generations.

Tourism in the South West of WA is often highly seasonal, with the number of tourists varying widely depending on the time of the year. Seasonal changes in visitation can have a huge impact on the profitability of tourism operators and their capacity to implement best practice.

High visitor to resident ratios (i.e. during peak season) also creates enormous challenges for conservation agencies managing large visitor numbers to sensitive environments and the associated environmental impacts. Peak season issues such as accommodation availability, traffic congestion, litter, air and noise pollution may detrimentally affect the amenity of local communities, the environment and the experience of tourists (DEC, 2007).

The shire has established several excellent examples of tourist management in nature areas such as the Prevelly coastal walk trail and coastal access points, the Augusta estuary walk path and rails to trails track, in areas where well defined pathways have been established the management of the site has had a higher degree of success.

However, there is currently a lack of camping facilities and overflow camping facilities for over night stays within the Capes region. Indiscriminate camping in coastal areas can result in damage to vegetation, pose a fire risk from abandoned camp fires and affect the visual amenity of the area due to litter and lack of sanitation including toilet facilities.

Pressure to open up new wilderness experiences may threaten pristine values and may also generate unwanted environmental consequences, such as the desire to interact with native animals, pick wildflowers or touch rock paintings. Impacts will depend on the level of visitor controls in place, education and interpretation facilities and visitor type.

Current Responses: Nature based tourism: Tourism Western Australia is the State's statutory authority responsible for promoting and developing the Western Australian tourism sector. In December 2004 it launched Keeping it Real - A Nature Based Tourism Strategy for Western Australia, outlining a vision and strategies for the development of sustainable nature-based tourism through business development, environmental accreditation, strategic research, marketing, education and training. Among other things, the strategy recommended: closer links between tourism accreditation and licensing; the development of strategic research programs through the Sustainable Tourism Cooperative Research Centre; the development of low impact, innovative tourism developments; and integration of tourism into regional, district and park management plans (Tourism Western Australia, 2004).

The Commonwealth Government launched the Tourism and Conservation Initiative in 2004. The partnership program promotes the development of nature-based tourism businesses that feature native ecosystems and biodiversity and encourages regional cooperation and collaboration between the tourism and conservation sectors.

139 Regional planning and management: Tourism Western Australia has developed destination development strategies for the State's five tourism regions. The strategies guide the development of iconic tourism areas, identify infrastructure gaps and develop strategies to disperse visitors across the State. Conservation reserves: The Department of Environment and Conservation uses a range of strategies implemented through individual park management plans to manage tourism impacts in the State's conservation estate. This includes developing site plans for recreation development, licensing tourism operators, managing access to sensitive environments and developing tourism infrastructure. Reserve management The Augusta-Margaret River Shire has been involved in several ionic reserve management projects that provide access and an excellent experience for users of the area including the Prevelly coastal footpath, rails to trails track, and the recently constructed Augusta trail from the Ellis Street jetty to flinders bay which will incorporate viewing platforms, educational signage etc. The path is already very well utilised, further revegetation work is planned along the length of the path.

Figure TS1: Volunteers planting along Augusta footpath 2008

An assessment of Shire vested reserves (approximately 250 reserves and 3700 ha area) was undertaken during 2006/2007, to identify biodiversity conservation values as a foundation for the development of management strategies and future conservation. Management strategies are now being developed based on priority values for the protection and improvement of Shire reserves.

Ecotourism Australia - Accreditation and best practice: Ecotourism Australia is the peak body for the ecotourism industry that runs an Eco Certification program. Certification means the product is backed by a commitment to ecological sustainability, natural area management, and the provision of quality ecotourism experiences. Tourism operators in WA conservation reserves are also licensed according to tourism accreditation. Tourism Western Australia also provides advice to tourism businesses about best practices for nature-based activities and eco-ethics.

Sustainable Tourism Cooperative Research Centre: Through the Sustainable Tourism Cooperative Research Centre, CALM, Tourism Western Australia and State universities, a partnership to research the environmental impacts of tourism in WA has been developed. Key studies have focused on the application of visitor data in protected areas, the economic value of nature tourism (Carlsen & Wood, 2004), an inventory of wildlife tourism (Sandilands, 2004) and the effectiveness of visitor management strategies in national parks (Walker, 2004). The research centre is also working on a sustainable destination model which, in the future, could act as an effective monitor of a destination's status from a sustainability point of view. Implications: To protect iconic natural attractions from degradation, strategies need to be developed that focus on quality experiences with higher economic returns, rather than promoting as many visitors as possible. Tourists also need to be dispersed across regions and natural icons to maximise social and environmental benefit and limit environmental impacts. The tourism sector needs to promote

140 sustainable tourism business practices and educate visitors to appreciate and respect the environment.

Actions: 8.1 Commence the development of a Tourism Strategy for the Shire which clarifies and identifies a clear role for the Shire in Tourist development.

8.2 Promote sustainable tourism practices for tourist operations undertaken on council land.

8.3 Promote water and energy conservation practices within the tourist accommodation industry.

8.4 Develop appropriate infrastructure to minimise the impact and to protect and preserve popular recreational reserves for tourism.

8.5 Investigate and implement an effective means of managing indiscriminate overnight camping within the Shire.

8.6 Participate in the CSIRO and Curtain University program which considers adaptive strategies for climate change and tourism.

8.2 Agriculture

Key Findings:  The rural landscape is an important part of the regional identity and the ‘sense of place’ within the Region.

Description: The South West is suitable for a variety of agricultural industries due to its fertile soils, high rainfall and close proximity to Perth. Agricultural land is an asset valued by the community. This land asset covers all cleared land managed for agriculture, horticulture, farm forestry, and lifestyle on both large and small land holdings. The rural landscape is also an important part of the regional identity and the ‘sense of place’ within the Region. The landscape is valued and enjoyed by many people residing and working within and outside the area and is a large contributor the regions economy. Stock Grazing: Most of the Augusta-Margaret River area is considered good quality for grazing with the exception of the coastal strip The main animals grazed are dairy cattle, beef cattle and sheep, with small numbers of goats, horses and deer also grazed (Tille & Lantkze, 1990).

Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire, 45,600 hectares (46%) has a very high or high grazing capability, that is, very few, or some physical limitations are present that affect productive land, and those that do exist are easily overcome through planning, and the risk of land degradation is low. (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003).

Statistics for 2001 showed that there were 64 dairy farms, 125 beef cattle farms, 13 sheep farms and 11 combined sheep/beef farms in the Augusta-Margaret River Shire (IRDB, 2003). Totals of 52,695 cattle and calves, and 22,458 sheep and lambs, were being grazed there in 2001 (IRDB, 2003).

Viticulture: Viticulture is a major industry in the Shire and plays an important part of the regions tourist industry. The wine produced is of high quality and recognised throughout Australia and overseas.

141 The land most suited to viticulture is located between Bussell Highway and Caves Road. The area surrounding, and inland from, Margaret River is also very suitable for viticulture. Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Shire, 40,300 hectares have a very high or high capability for grape vines, representing 41% of private land.

Moderate capability for grape vines is found on 31,000 hectares of private land, representing 31% of private land (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003). The total area of private land in the Augusta- Margaret River Shire with a land capability of moderate to very high is 72% compared to 62% in the Busselton Shire, and 58% in the Capel Shire.

Horticulture: Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Shire, 21,500 hectares are physically capable of supporting annual horticulture with a high or very high capability, representing 21% of the private land. Moderate land capability for annual horticulture lies on 44,100 hectares (45%) of private land (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003).

The total percentage of private land with a moderate to very high capability of annual horticulture in the Shire of Augusta-Margaret River is 66% compared to 56% in the Busselton Shire and 51% in the Capel Shire.

Perennial horticulture has a greater area of private land (35,300 hectares, 36%) of high and very high land capability compared to annual horticulture. A lesser quantity of private land (17,100 hectares, 17%) in the Shire has a moderate land capability for perennial horticulture (Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003). The total percentage of private land with a moderate to very high capability for perennial horticulture is 53% compared to 47% in the Shire of Busselton, and 45% for the Shire of Capel.

Timber The two most popular tree species planted on farms for timber production are radiata pine and Tasmanian blue gum. Land most suited to radiata pine plantations occurs inland from Caves Road as the strong winds and salt spray from the coast are not suited to timber production. Areas of shallow stony soils and severe waterlogging are also not suited (Tille & Lantkze, 1990). Of the 99,100 hectares of private land in the Shire, 21,900 hectares has a high or very high land capability, representing 22%. 43,300 hectares of private land has a moderate land capability, representing 44%.

Objectives

The WA agriculture sector has proposed a sustainable vision of '... ensuring profitable agricultural systems that conserve our environment whilst contributing to the economic and social wellbeing of rural Western Australia' (Government of Western Australia, 2003).

The objectives for sustainable agriculture reflect these vision statements:  Promote the adoption of adaptive management practices that mitigate on-site and off-site environmental impacts while achieving agricultural profitability and social responsibility.  Ensure effective and efficient use of resources and management of waste.

Condition

Indicator TS3: Percentage of farmers certified through formal assessment of their farm management systems under accredited processes such as codes of practice, quality assurance or environmental management systems.

A national Land use audit was undertaken in 2000 capturing landuse across the Augusta Margaret River shire and was reported in Catchment Landuse and Water Quality Monitoring report. The landuse data has been recently updated by the Department of Agriculture the comparative data shows the major landuse changes over time, with a change from larger farm sizes to smaller more intensive forms of agriculture and an increase in viticulture.

Farming for the Future is a Department of Agriculture and Food initiative that is developing farm sustainability practice standards to assist industry meet demands to demonstrate sustainable practice. A self assessment tool based on current recommended practices has been made available to farmers.

142 The Department is now working with industries and representatives of the supply chain to further refine this, and related tools, to meet their particular needs (EPA 2007).

Indicator TS4: Proportion of natural resource base used by agricultural sector covered by regional natural resource management plans, and the extent of progress made towards resource condition targets specified under these plans.

This indicator includes natural resource management plans and biosecurity plans incorporating risk assessment, targets, asset prioritisation and processes for evaluation and monitoring. Regional natural resource management groups have accredited regional strategies based on continuous improvement. Investment plans focus investment on achieving resource condition targets in the regional strategies. Targets will be refined and validated as part of the continuous improvement process. The plans offer a long-term approach to investment in resource protection and the development of agreed targets, and will assist the integration of effort across the sector.

Indicator TS5: Trends in efficiency of resource use by key agricultural industries as measured by regular assessments (every 3-5 years) using techniques such as life cycle assessment.

Techniques such as life cycle assessment take a whole-of-lifecycle view of a product or industry to help identify processes that are resource inefficient or where environmental impacts are likely to occur. To date, the grains, dairy and piggery industries have undertaken life cycle assessment. However, this would need to be applied to a broader range of industries and redone regularly to reveal trends and identify where process improvement is needed throughout the supply chain. The approach will require some development and will be refined as research needs are identified and new or improved technologies emerge for different stages of the industry cycle.

Pressures:

Land and inland water pressures: Public awareness of environmental issues has meant that farm practices are increasingly influenced by environmental quality and landscape amenity concerns. Many of the key issues affecting land and water resources associated with agriculture include salinisation, nutrient run-off causing eutrophication, soil acidification, waterlogging and loss of soil health. Other land degradation issues include water repellence of some soils, soil erosion and deterioration in remnant vegetation.

Biodiversity pressures: Pests, weeds and diseases regularly threaten the productivity of agricultural systems. As global trade has increased, so has the risk of introduction of exotic pests and diseases. Agricultural industries are continually challenged by exotic disease and pest threats including anthracnose in lupins, apple scab, Queensland fruit fly and skeleton weed in broadacre crops. Exotic vermin including foxes, rabbits and wild cats) and weeds such as bridal creeper once established, greatly threaten native wildlife and natural habitats. Surveillance and control of pests and diseases will have ramifications not only for farm businesses but also for natural environments.

Climate change Climate change is likely to pose a long-term challenge for the agricultural sector through a reduction in growing season rainfall, on-farm water availability, animal health, and extreme weather conditions. It could also affect soil stability, human health and the risks from insect pests and weeds. Rising wheat yields over the past 30 years in the South West (despite reduced rainfall in the growing season) illustrates the importance of farming technology changes and suggests that improvements in farming systems and technology have been able to cope with the climate trends to date. Whether this will continue in the future remains uncertain and will be a challenge for adaptation and planning for the future of the industry.

Water supply Irrigation water use will come under increasing pressure from competing uses such as public water supply and industrial use. Agricultural industries will also be under scrutiny in regards to the efficiency of water use, water allocations, receipt of cross-subsidised water supplies and impacts on water quality through salinisation and nutrient export.

143

While increased water scarcity within the agricultural sector will motivate farmers to improve their irrigation practices and reduce their water consumption per output unit, agriculture is among the highest water users in the State, consuming an estimated 40% of supplied water. There is a wide range of returns on water use within the agriculture sector. The Department of Agriculture (2004a) estimated that returns per unit of water used varied from highs of around $13 000/ML and $9 300/ML for potatoes and apples respectively, to a low of $600/ML or less for flood-irrigated dairy or beef production.

From 1990 to 2000, an increase in the use of more efficient irrigation methods occurred. For example, drip or micro spray use went from 18% to 38%, and there was a corresponding decrease in less efficient methods including furrow or flood irrigation (which decreased from 48% to 35%), and spray/sprinkler methods, which decreased slightly (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 1991 & 2001).

Water resource allocation and management policies that facilitate a shift in water use towards activities with the highest economic returns is predicted to result in investment in water management and more efficient systems that will support improved sustainability outcomes. Western Australia uses less energy per dollar product than the Australian average, probably due to the comparatively low use of irrigation. The State efficiency is not as high as for Australia generally, but usage is decreasing more rapidly (Department of Agriculture, 2005a).

Social and economic pressures: Some of the economic pressures on sustainable agriculture are the declining terms of trade, the declining importance of agriculture in the nation's economy, the weakening relationships between farm and food prices, the deregulation of markets and the spread of quality assurance schemes requiring farmers to rapidly learn new skills.

Natural resource management: The agriculture sector has a major role in natural resource management and a responsibility to ensure continuous improvement and adaptive management. Recent research has shown that the most important influences on the adoption of sustainable farming practices in Australia include participation in natural resource management programs, managerial skills and economic factors such as farm profitability, farm size, off-farm income and level of farm equity.

Since the 1998 State of the Environment report (Government of Western Australia, 1998), there has been a substantial increase in participation in management systems that identify and manage the environmental impacts of the farm business and improve production efficiencies. Such approaches - including environmental management systems, various industry codes of practice and relevant quality assurance systems - include tools such as best management practices, the development of property management plans, hazard analysis and critical control points.

While there are no long-term measures of the rate of involvement, recent surveys show that 35% of farmers in the surveyed sample participated in a systematic assessment of their management practices (Department of Agriculture and Food, 2006

A catchment landuse Audit was undertaken in the region in 2000 and has recently been reassessed which will provide a useful snap shot of the changes in landuse over time, since 2000 there has been a large change in the agricultural industry with a shift towards, vineyards, agroforestry, large dams and smaller lot sizes. These results will provide a useful comparison and also provide an interesting record of landuse over time.

144

Figure TS2: Results from the 2000 landuse audit

Protection of natural resources Not only can diseases, weeds and pests damage native environments, they can lead to a decline in agricultural production and affect trade in international markets. Western Australia has one of the world's most pest and disease-free agricultural production environments (Agriculture Protection Board of Western Australia, 2004).

As well as preventing new animal pests, diseases and weeds from arriving, biosecurity involves getting rid of, and controlling, those that are already here. The sharp decrease in the number of animal diseases identified on WA farms is in part due to the reduction in the list of notifiable diseases. The decrease in the interceptions of significant pests, diseases and weeds is a positive result for the State. Biosecurity plans have been developed to protect agricultural industries. These include Grainguard, Hortguard (i.e. horticulture), Stockguard (i.e. livestock) and Beeguard.

Protection mechanisms such as covenanting programs are used by farmers to voluntarily protect and manage native vegetation on their property. Covenants are available through the National Trust of Australia, Soil and Land Conservation Council and Department of Environment and Conservation programs. Covenants restrict clearing and grazing of native vegetation and may help establish management arrangements. Fencing may be required to ensure livestock do not intrude into a covenanted area. Nearly 200 000 ha of native vegetation (affecting 2700 landholders) has been protected since 1988 through these three programs.

145 Current Responses: Integrated planning: Regional natural resource management groups have developed regional plans in partnership with Commonwealth, State and local governments and regional communities in order to gain accreditation through the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (Council of Australian Governments, 2000) and the Natural Heritage Trust.

These programs and processes have built on the previous Landcare movement. The regional natural resource management strategies involve resource risk assessments, identification of priority assets, setting targets for natural resource management indicators, and establishing local/farm-level practices to help meet desired outcomes at regional and State levels.

Integrated land use planning is being used in a number of areas to manage potential threats to agriculture and to identify and promote new land use opportunities aligned with land suitability or improvements to existing agricultural practices. These developments indicate a positive move towards strategic and integrated planning for investment of public and private funds for sustainable use of agricultural land.

Education and training: Substantial work is underway in education and training programs by the Department of Agriculture and Food, regional natural resource management groups, research organisations, private grower groups and programs such as FarmBis.

Industry management programs: Trials are being conducted in WA as part of the Environmental Management Systems National Pilot Program. These projects are now being built upon by a number of broader industry environmental management systems pathways projects. Most agricultural industries and their supporting service industries have established or are establishing codes of practice which promote quality assurance (including best practice farm management and production of safe food and fibre products).

Innovative producer groups like the Mingenew-Irwin Group, Blackwood Basin Group and the Fitzgerald Biosphere Group are integrating sustainability principles into production through the environmental equivalent of quality assurance programs. Many agricultural industries are introducing programs to ensure sustainable production for the future, for example, the national Dairying for Tomorrow program with Western Dairy, Horticulture for Tomorrow, and Grain and Graze.

Winemakers Federation of Australia The Winemakers Federation of Australia (WFA) is currently developing a national environmental assurance program for the Australian wine industry, to be launched in 2009. The environmental assurance program will encourage the uptake and recognition of sustainable production practices in the wine industry and will involve a tiered membership structure based on the level of environmental activity being undertaken by individual grape growers and winemakers.

The framework currently being considered comprises an entry level, where winemakers are required to register an environmental management plan with WFA. Environmental management plans will be required to satisfy a minimum standard. The second tier of membership will include reporting against a national set of viticultural and vinicultural environmental indicators. The third tier of membership will require winemakers and growers to show evidence of improvement against the national indicators, and revision of their environmental management plan. There will also be an equivalent process to recognise those winemakers with existing environmental assurance programs in place.

The uppermost tier of the proposed framework will recognise those growers and winemakers gaining third party certification of their environmental practices, through programs that may include company- specific environmental assurance programs such as those used in ISO 14001, EMS, Freshcare Environment standard or, for example, those used by the organics industry.

Wine Watch Project: Winewatch (a partnership between Curtin University, Margaret River Wine Industry Association, Cape to Cape Catchments Group & GeoCatch with the Shires of Busselton and Augusta-Margaret River) has received funding through the National Landcare Program to encourage and support the uptake of the environmental assurance program in the Margaret River wine region. The funding will enable

146 Winewatch to provide support to the local industry to meet the necessary criteria to enable accreditation through the program and will also assist the industry to implement environmental management plans.

The projects focus is on wineries that produce less than 350 kL of wine (ie crush less than approximately 500 tonnes of grapes) and are therefore not required to be licenced through Department of Environment and Conservation under the Environmental Protection Act Regulations 1987 (Part 5, schedule 1 – prescribed premises categories).

The aims of the first project were to undertake monitoring at three small wineries to improve understanding of wastewater characteristics and potential impacts at wastewater disposal sites. The project also developed a resource kit on best practice winery wastewater management for small wineries.

The second wastewater project will provide independent advice to at least eight small wineries to evaluate their current practices and design a detailed wastewater management plan for their site. As well as support to individual wineries, these plans will provide detailed case studies to be used by small wineries in other areas. The project will also undertake a survey of current practices in management of wastewater derived from storage, mixing and disposal of chemicals used in viticulture and clarify best practice.

Environmental Management Systems: The Blackwood Basin Group are implementing a program called Best Farms which assists land holders to develop an Environmental Management Systems for property. BestFarms was developed to assist landholders in managing environmental impacts on their properties and to gain recognition for their environmental stewardship. Each BestFarms EMS workshop shows participants how to identify the environmental impacts on their property and to develop, implement and monitor an action plan which will provide a systematic and sustainable approach to profitable environmental practices.

Life cycle assessment: Life cycle assessment is an emerging technique for assessing the eco-efficiency of agricultural industries. It examines the efficiency of production processes that help to transform raw agricultural materials into finished product, and the associated production of waste. Life cycle assessments can focus on specific areas of inefficiency or environmental degradation on the production line. Policy measures, including targeted research, can be implemented to rectify these problems.

Dairycatch: The DairyCatch program is promoting the wide-spread adoption of environmental best management practice across the WA dairy industry. DairyCatch has targeted the issues of effluent management, nutrient management and water use efficiency, recognised as having the greatest short-term impact on the sustainability of dairying in WA. DairyCatch has five modular components that operate concurrently and complementarily. These include the planning support & implementation grants scheme, the monitor farm network, benefit to cost analysis based on case studies and the documentation of environmental best practice guidelines.

Greener pastures: Greener Pastures is Western Dairy’s flagship project. This five-year intensive farming systems project will help farmers make smarter use of nutrients, especially nitrogen. A key industry strategy to increase pasture production is the use of nitrogen fertiliser.

Nitrogen use on WA dairy farms has increased sixfold between 1990 and 2003 but it appears that much of this extra nitrogen is not being turned into milk. Greener Pastures aims to clearly define the milk production response to nitrogen fertiliser in a pasture system and to demonstrate practical ways to use nitrogen more profitably.

Dairying for Tomorrow: Promotes projects that foster sustainable dairy farming practices and best management of natural resources on dairy farms.

147 Implications: Agricultural industries and farming communities have a responsibility to ensure that natural resources are maintained or improved for future generations and that associated impacts are not transferred to the wider catchment. Unsustainable agricultural practices may result in loss or decline in native vegetation, reduced biodiversity, introduction and invasion of weed and feral species, altered water regimes, salinisation, soil erosion, acidification, sedimentation, eutrophication and contamination of waterways and wetlands.

Unsustainable agricultural land use also results in reduced production and decreased economic profitability. It may render the land unsuitable for other potential uses that could be better suited to the land including tourism, silviculture, aquaculture, water supply catchments, conservation and potentially carbon trading. Market access for some industries required to meet triple bottom line accountability and performance standards may also be affected.

Unsustainable agricultural practices may result in a net migration of people away from farms that become less profitable or degraded. A decreasing population base will generally result in reduced local development opportunities and business interest, a fall in employment and a gradual loss of community services that support the agricultural sector.

Actions: 8.7 Maintain a positive collaborative relationship with the Margaret River Wine Industry Association to position the Margaret River Wine Region as Australia’s premiere wine region. 8.8 Maintain a positive collaborative relationship with the diary industry and all agricultural sectors to provide a diverse and economically productive region by supporting sustainable agriculture. 8.9 Encourage adoption of schemes such as 'Farming for the Future', and quality assurance, environmental management systems, and life cycle assessment practices.

148

SUMMARY OF ACTIONS

This report recommends a variety of responses including the development of strategies and the implementation of on-ground actions, towards achieving environmental improvements.

Suggested responses are identified for each issue considered in this report and it is intended that these responses form the basis of an Environmental Management Strategy for the Shire of Augusta Margaret River. A summary of the suggested responses to address environmental issues is as follows:

Theme 1: Atmosphere

1.1 Air Quality Suggested Responses: 1.15 Request the DEC to extend the state air quality monitoring programme to Margaret River to monitor against NEPM standards the impact on air quality from prescribed burns and winter wood heaters. This Base line data to be recorded by the Shire as a measure for future State of Environment reports.

1.16 Promote efficient use of wood fires to reduce smoke emissions within the urban environment. (environmental health)

1.17 Promote and regulate industry performance standards for the management and minimization of impacts on air quality from activities that may create smoke, dust and spray drift.

1.18 Develop and implement an education program to inform the community of the procedures for disposal of materials which may become offensive and a risk to health and the environment when disposed of by burning e.g. copper pine logs (environmental health).

1.19 Develop a Community education program to encourage low emission fuels as a domestic and commercial energy source.

1.20 Support the development of the perimeter road to keep heavy traffic out of the CBD in order to improve air quality in the Margaret River town centre.

1.2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions Actions: 1.7 Continue to Participate in the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) Cities for Climate Protection Program.

1.8 Develop and adopt emission targets and a Local Energy Action Plan towards achieving a carbon neutral Shire. The Local Energy Action Plan should address the following suggested responses :

Suggested responses

1.9 Encourage individuals within the community to become involved in the monitoring and reduction of Green House gas emissions by actively promoting the use of Greenhouse gas emission calculation tools and emission reduction measures.

149 1.10 Support land management techniques that increase soil carbon stores and offset carbon emissions through sequestration measures including the retention and protection of native vegetation.

1.11 Develop and promote low emission transport systems to connect communities within the Shire and the region including public transport, walking and cycling and car pooling.

1.12 Review the Councils pathways plan to incorporate all major settlements. Plan to include education and encouragement strategies, review bike storage facilities and list cycle way projects as priorities for implementation.

1.13 Maximise external funding and developer contributions for the path network and recreational trails and Include dual use paths into new development proposals that link to path networks.

1.14 Lobby for an express bus service to Perth from Busselton - Margaret River to reduce travel time and improve public transport options for the community.

Theme 2: Biodiversity

2.1 Biodiversity Suggested Responses: 2.1 Develop community education programmes and actively promote the biodiversity significance of the Shire and its threatened species and communities through media, signage and educational programs and promotion events involving relevant government agencies including DEC, NRM groups and the Margaret River tourism industry.

2.2 Indentify and map natural areas and biodiversity conservation targets within the Shire to assist future planning and development of the Shire and region.

2.3 Update existing vegetation complex mapping and retention data utilising the latest aerial photography and ground truthing in order to establish a reliable and accurate baseline of both vegetation cover and condition throughout the Shire.

2.4 Actively promote conservation and protection of natural areas and biodiversity in the Shire and region.

2.5 Develop an incentive strategy to promote the voluntary conservation and protection of natural areas and biodiversity on private land.

2.6 Assess conservation values of Shire Reserves and prioritise for management and develop management plans for high priority reserves.

2.7 Train Shire staff to utilise the “Environmental Planning tool” developed through the South West and Perth Biodiversity project which indentifies and maps areas of biodiversity significance within the Shire. The tool can be used to provide and initial desktop assessment of the land to assist with future planning by identifying areas of high natural value.

2.2 Native Vegetation and Natural Areas Suggested Responses:

2.8 Identify and assess native vegetation within the Shire to determine both the cover and condition status of remaining vegetation by accurately mapping and on ground assessment.

2.9 Review the Shire’s visual management strategy to ensure it adequately identifies mechanisms and incentives to protect high conservation and rural landscape value of natural areas on private land.

150

2.10 Identify mechanisms to protect, restore and manage roadside vegetation in partnership with the Roadside Conservation committee and support the initiatives of the Community Urban Streetscape Project (CUSP) by adopting a sustainable streetscape policy and or guidelines.

2.11 Develop partnerships with community groups for the establishment of community nurseries and encourage the propagation of endemic native vegetation species and promote the recycling and transplanting of native plants.

2.12 Work proactively with community friends groups and the fire management officer to prepare management plans for priority council reserves to address threatening process, including weeds, access and to ensure that fire regimes and fire management provisions incorporate the conservation of biodiversity values.

2.13 Work proactively with community groups and individuals undertaking bushland management activities and provide incentives for the establishment of ‘Friends Groups’ and other reserve based community groups such as training opportunities, social networking and rewards such as BBQ’s.

2.14 Work cooperatively with DEC to develop and implement an education program to inform the community of the requirements relating to clearing of native vegetation.

2.15 Work in partnership with the Cape to Cape catchments group, DEC, South West Biodiversity project and Gondwana link to develop a strategy for the protection and augmentation of regional environmental corridors/linkages between areas of National Park and other important reserve areas.

2.16 Investigate opportunities for vacant crown land to be incorporated within regional ecological linkages.

2.3 Feral or introduced animal species Suggested Responses: 2.17 Work with the Department of Agriculture and Food, DEC and Natural Resource Management Groups to monitor feral animal populations and develop community education program to actively encourage the reporting and control of feral animal.

2.18 Request support from the Department for Agriculture and Food to increase feral animal control programs within the Shire and region.

2.19 Work with the Department of fisheries and DEC to promote, monitor and control Aquatic pest species in our waterways.

2.4 Environmental Weeds Suggested Responses: 2.20 Develop and adopt a Weed Control Strategy for the Shire.

2.21 Establish a weed control program for priority weeds species growing on Shire managed Reserves.

2.22 Work cooperatively with the government agencies and natural resource management groups to deliver a coordinated management program for high priority weeds.

2.23 Work collaboratively with the local nursery, landscaping industry and plant suppliers to ensure existing problem species are not distributed within the Shire.

151 2.24 Implement media releases to inform the community of the risks associated with the release of aquatic weeds and the potential for these to naturalise in local waterways with subsequent impacts on ecology and water quality.

2.5 Pathogens including Phytophthora Dieback and a range of tree declines and plant pathogens Suggested Responses: 2.30 Request support from DEC to develop a dieback risk map for Shire which can be used to assist Road maintenance crews to be aware of areas of high risk and ensure adequate clean down measures are put in place to ensure Shire machinery is not spreading the disease.

2.31 Utilise the “Dieback management Guidelines for Local Government” prepared by the Dieback working group 2000 to minimise the spread of dieback in Shire managed Reserves and Implement a dieback risk training program for Shire work crews.

2.32 Identify priority dieback management areas and install signage where appropriate on Shire Reserve land to inform the community of any dieback risk in line with the State wide dieback signage program.

2.33 Provide guideline information to assist proponents of subdivision, land development and road construction to minimise the spread of dieback.

2.34 Increase community and industry knowledge of dieback and tree decline issues.

2.6 Riparian vegetation. Suggested Responses:

2.39 Develop and implement strategies to control priority waterway weeds including arum lily, blackberry, edible fig and asparagus fern.

2.40 Work with NRM groups to actively seek government financial support to encourage and assist private land owners to fence and protect riparian vegetation and for the revegetation of priority water ways.

2.41 Establish a program for the rehabilitation of priority waterways located on Shire managed reserves.

2.42 Develop a process to investigate and report incidences of encroachment into Shire managed reserves containing riparian vegetation by adjoining landholders and implement a program to rehabilitate affected areas.

2.43 Provide educational information to assist land holders with the voluntary implementation of best practice methods for the regeneration of riparian vegetation.

2.44 Support NRM groups to develop River Action Plans for the remaining stream systems not yet assessed within the Shire.

Theme 3: Coastal and Marine

3.1 Coastal Environment Suggested Responses: 3.7 Review and update the Shires Coastal Management Plan and incorporate the southern coastal area of the Shire in accordance with the Augusta- Walpole strategy and the Marine Parks Plan. 3.8 Develop and implement Management Action Plans for the Shire Coastal reserves that address infrastructure and access needs to promote the usage of the coastal environment in a way that protects the environmental asset and promotes a “leave no trace” message.

152 3.9 Support volunteer Coast care groups and build the communities capacity to manage coastal areas.

3.10 Implement an achievements program to acknowledge and reward volunteer Coastal Management Groups for the important role community groups play in the planning, access management and the rehabilitation of the coastal environment while maximising community use of the area.

3.11 Work with Coastcare, DEC and community NRM groups to establish detailed baseline datasets on the condition of coastal environment and develop a consistent monitoring regime for priority areas.

3.12 Identify human activities/use and pressures on the coastal environment and implement a monitoring program to assess changes in visitor use and impacts (including offshore islands).

3.2 Marine Environment Suggested Responses 3.13 Participate, support and facilitate other agencies and groups in the collection of baseline data for environmental values where insufficient data exists.

3.14 Implementing, measures to minimise impact on the marine environment through the appropriate design and placement of coastal infrastructure.

3.15 Assess the impact of passive and active recreational activities on the coastal areas and develop strategies to protect the marine environment for the benefit of future generations.

3.16 Support community education on the importance and protection of the region’s unique marine environmental values.

3.17 Support government agencies to establish detailed baseline datasets on the condition of the marine environment and develop a consistent monitoring regime for priority areas, including degraded and high use areas.

3.18 Support volunteer Coast care groups to build the communities capacity to manage the marine environment.

3.3 Marine contamination Suggested Responses 3.13 Participate, support and facilitate research to identify the major marine contaminants entering the marine environment.

3.14 Investigate the source of contaminants from land (and marine) based activities in catchment basins to understand the relationship between the land and the ocean.

3.15 Participate, support and facilitate undertaking of baseline studies into the extent of marine contaminants and impact on the marine environment.

3.16 Participate, support and facilitate the monitoring of environmental values to assess changes in condition and impact on the marine environment.

3.17 Implement, maintain and support management strategies and policies to eliminate or minimise environmental pressures through the appropriate management of coastal development.

3.18 Identify and prioritise risks to the marine environs and develop an emergency response procedure for management of contamination events.

3.19 Support further government research to investigate environmental risks to the inshore marine area.

153

Theme 4: Inland Waters

4.1 Erosion & Sedimentation Suggested Responses: 4.1 Support NRM groups to complete River Action Plans for all waterways and tributaries in the Shire and the implementation of actions to protect and enhance water ways.

4.2 Support Natural Resource Management Groups to undertake foreshore protection, restoration and education activities.

4.3 Encourage the implementation of the Shires water sensitive urban design policy.

4.4 Implement planning controls to protect foreshore areas and ensure that adequate protection measures are in place to minimise the impact of land use and development activities on stream water quality.

4.5 Work with building industry and developers to reduce impacts of building activities on storm water quality through implementation of the recommendations outlined in ‘Storm water kit for builders.”

4.6 Establish a reporting and penalty system to address developments that breach their planning and building conditions by not adequately managing their building site and allowing sediment and waste material to enter the storm water system.

4.7 Design stormwater management systems to include gross pollutant traps, nutrient stripping ponds and stormwater harvesting.

4.2 Salinisation Suggested Responses: 4.8 Continue the Land Monitor program to provide five-yearly updates of the extent of land salinisation in the South West and incorporate land monitor data into future State of the Environment reports. 4.9 Encourage and support catchment management groups to assist landholders in the upper reaches of the Blackwood catchment to manage salinity.

4.3 Eutrophication Suggested Response: 4.10 Investigate the development of a local law to protect water quality. 4.11 Support the state government’s development and implementation of a State Algal Bloom Management Strategy. (EPA 2007). 4.12 Adopt the government’s targets for reducing nutrient levels in water systems and develop local strategies and actions to protect water ways from the impact of nutrients. 4.13 Work cooperatively with the Department of Water to investigate water quality monitoring programs undertaken in the Scott River and tributaries to determine the impact this system has on water quality in the Hardy Inlet. 4.14 Work in partnership with the Department of Water and NRM groups to develop a Water Quality Improvement Plan for the Hardy Inlet. 4.15 Undertake regular monitoring of shallow ground water bores at Molloy Island to identify any changes to water quality from nutrients and salt intrusion. 4.16 Request the Department of Water to monitor water quality and regularly review of the condition of the Hardy Inlet and other significant water bodies in the Shire. 4.17 Work with the DOW develop and implement a water quality monitoring program for waterways in the Shire to;

154 o establish a detailed baseline dataset on condition of surface water quality and flows o Identify nutrient loads and nutrient hot spots within each catchment area and o to determine if the variations in water quality parameters identified during the 1997-2003 sampling program, are indicative of longer-term trends linked to catchment land uses, management practices, altered flow regimes or changes in rainfall 4.18 Promote industry group programs such as Dairy catch and Wine watch where the industry association is taking positive steps to address the potential environmental impacts including waste water. 4.19 Investigate ground water quality within urban areas.

4.4 Acidification Suggested Responses: 4.20 Promote the use of Acid Sulphate Soil mapping to assist proponents of land use and development proposals to identify Potential Acid Sulphate Soil (PASS) and ensure that appropriate testing and management practices and put in place prior to disturbing soils at a PASS site. 4.21 Work with Department of Agriculture and Department of Water, industry associations and Landcare to identify the issues and threats associated with Acid Sulphate soils in the Lower Blackwood Catchment. 4.22 Investigate long term lime resources for the benefit of agricultural industry through Natural Resource Planning for the treatment of local acidic soils.

4.5 Altered water regimes Suggested Responses: 4.23 Request the Department of Water incorporate an ecological impact assessment into their dam assessment and approval process. 4.24 Encourage the use of off stream dams wherever possible. 4.25 Develop a dam owner’s education and notification program to promote and encourage the maintenance of environmental flows in waterways. 4.26 Support and promote participation in water efficiency programs for the agricultural industry such as the Department of Agricultures water wise on farms programs 4.27 Support and promote water conservation measures for all sectors of the community and within public space areas.

Theme 5: Land

5.1 Soil Erosion Suggested Responses: 5.1 Support Local landcare and catchments groups that assist landholders to address soil degradation issues on private land by continuing to providing an annual contribution for the groups.

5.2 Support community coast care programs and volunteer groups to address coastal erosion issues.

5.3 Support Landcare and Department of Agriculture programs which provide local education programs to assist landholder skill development in soil and fertiliser management.

5.4 Develop mechanisms that provide more direct intervention on building sites which are not complying with there building conditions by allowing excess soil and sediment to leave the building and enter the storm water system.

155 5.2 Soil Acidification Suggested Responses: 5.5 Promote the use of ASS mapping to assist proponents of land use and development proposals to identify Potential Acid Sulphate Soil (PASS) and ensure that appropriate testing and management practices and put in place prior to disturbing soils at a PASS site. 5.6 Provide information to landholders with land located within high risk Acid Sulphate Soil areas to advice them of the environmental benefits of undertaking soil testing prior to disturbing soils in these areas. 5.7 Lobby for support to enable the Department of Agriculture to implement a subsidised soils assessment program to assist the enhancement and protection of soils and a sustainable agricultural industry. 5.8 Investigate the long term lime resource availability in the region

5.3 Soil health Suggested Responses: 5.9 Support the need for small landholder workshops in the region by working Collaboratively with Government agencies and Natural Resource Management Groups to develop and implement education program on weed management, production options for small holdings, soil improvement and other topics of interest to the agricultural community. 5.10 Work cooperatively with the relevant Government Agencies and Industry groups to encourage and promote the use of industry codes of practice through the implementation of best practice land management. 5.11 Encourage the use of the Environmental Management System process as a means of assessing environmental impacts for significant land use and development proposals. 5.12 Encourage landowners to voluntarily use the Environmental Management System process offered through local Natural Resource Management Groups, to assess the impacts of their land use on natural systems.

5.4 Contaminated Sites Suggested Responses 5.13 Develop best management practice information and factsheets for the use, storage and disposal of farm chemicals and to assist proponents of land use and development proposals. 5.14 Ensure that all contaminated sites are reported to the Department of Environment and Conservation. 5.15 Develop and implement a program for the remediation of contaminated sites on Shire reserves as required under the Contaminated Sites Act 2003.

Theme 6: Heritage

6.1 Natural heritage

Suggested Responses: 6.1 Promote community education programs to broaden community understanding and appreciation of heritage places.

6.2 Develop priority based management plans for Shires reserves (see Biodiversity).

6.3 Establish and support Friends groups to assist with the management and maintenance of natural heritage (see biodiversity).

156 6.4 Investigate areas of natural heritage to be included in the Shire Municipal heritage inventory.

6.2 Aboriginal heritage Suggested Responses: 6.5 Develop a consultation protocol and methodology to clearly outline the approval process that is required if aboriginal heritage sites may be disturbed as a result of shire works or other development.

6.6 Ensure that developments are assessed against aboriginal heritage sites register and appropriate consultation is undertaken prior to any disturbance at significant sites.

6.7 Develop strategies to promote community awareness and understanding of the Shires aboriginal heritage in consultation with the aboriginal community.

6.3 Historic heritage Suggested Responses: 6.8 Encourage the preservation of heritage places and buildings for the benefit of the community and future generations.

6.9 Complete a review of the Shire’s Municipal Heritage Inventory inline with the 5 yearly review processes outlined in the Heritage Act. Include in the review a report on the current condition of heritage buildings.

6.10 Investigate incentives to encourage the active use and where appropriate community involvement in the preservation of historic heritage places to prevent their decline.

6.11 Promote community awareness and understanding of the Shires Historical sites through the use of interpretive signage and information brochures to increase the use of heritage sites.

Theme 7: Settlements

7.1 Population and Settlement Patterns Suggested Responses: 7.1 Encourage the principle of self-sufficient settlements.

7.2 Promote local campaigns to support self sufficient settlement including;  buy local campaigns  Local produce markets  Promotion food miles or product miles on goods As included in the regional economic strategy

7.3 Incorporate sustainability as a key principle for the future planning and development of settlements incorporating the principles identified in the local energy action plan and the rural hamlet guidelines.

7.4 Establish a Sustainability Demonstration Centre (for example a village incorporating sustainable design) such as Witchcliffe and Gracetown.

7.2 Waste Management Suggested Responses: 7.5 Implement the Shires Waste Management Plan which incorporates the Towards Zero Waste philosophy. Implement the Glass Crusher and Bailer into the Waste Management Plan

157 7.6 Develop a strategy for improving management of unmanned transfer stations. 7.7 Increase community access and participation in the recycling service including education, promotion and improving available services and increase recycling in public areas and during public events. 7.8 Undertake regular reviews of the methodologies adopted for the management of waste streams. 7.9 Support local solutions to local waste issues wherever possible, eg use of glass crusher and bailer at Davis Road. 7.10 Develop a landfill management plan for the Davis Road site, to ensure future landfill management is in accordance with best practise activities to minimise the environmental impact of waste disposal. 7.11 Promote the Building waste that can be recycled

7.3 Water Use in Settlements Suggested Responses: 7.12 Implement the Shire water sensitive urban design policy and ensure new development address the criteria for water reuse and collection. 7.13 Encourage community uptake of rainwater tanks and rain gardens in residential areas. 7.14 Ensure all new subdivision development meet their obligations of preparing local water management strategies. 7.15 Implement recommendation within the Shires water Conservation plan for irrigated areas and audits undertaken on high water using council building such as the recreation centre. 7.16 Commence Margaret River waste water recycling project to reticulate parks, schools, sporting grounds and golf club. 7.17 Design and implement stormwater management systems to include gross pollutant traps, nutrient stripping ponds and stormwater harvesting

7.4 Energy Use Suggested Responses: 7.18 Develop and implement and Local Energy Action Plan for the Shire.

7.19 Encourage renewable energy generation within the Shire.

7.20 Promote the Green Building Council of Australia’s Green Star building rating systems within the Shire

7.21 Implement energy efficient building design for new community buildings and for the retrofit of existing buildings

7.22 Investigate the use of fuel efficient and alternative fuel vehicles for inclusion within the Shire fleet through the Shires assessment of vehicle tenders.

7.23 Promote and implement the Travel Smart program to encourage the use of public transport, walking, cycling and car pooling.

Theme 8: Towards Sustainability

8.1 Tourism Suggested Responses: 8.1 Commence the development of a Tourism Strategy for the Shire which clarifies and identifies a clear role for the Shire in Tourist development.

158

8.2 Promote sustainable tourism practices for tourist operations undertaken on council land.

8.3 Promote water and energy conservation practices within the tourist accommodation industry.

8.4 Develop appropriate infrastructure to minimise the impact and to protect and preserve popular recreational reserves for tourism.

8.5 Investigate and implement an effective means of managing indiscriminate overnight camping within the Shire.

8.6 Participate in the CSIRO and Curtain University program which considers adaptive strategies for climate change and tourism.

8.2 Agriculture Suggested Responses:

8.7 Maintain a positive collaborative relationship with the Margaret River Wine Industry Association to position the Margaret River Wine Region as Australia’s premiere wine region. 8.8 Maintain a positive collaborative relationship with the diary industry and all agricultural sectors to provide a diverse and economically productive region by supporting sustainable agriculture. 8.9 Encourage adoption of schemes such as 'Farming for the Future', and quality assurance, environmental management systems, and life cycle assessment practices.

159 Appendix2: Vegetation Complex Retention and Protection Information (Source SWBP 2007)

RFA Vegetation RFA Pre- Present % Present % Protected in % Protected in Complex Code European extent (ha) extent formal reserves formal and (Havel/Mattiske) extent (ha) informal reserves Bidella BD 47776 44898 94% 31% 47% Blackwood B 4581 3037 66% 22% 22% Blackwood Bd 357 304 85% 48% 48% Blackwood Bf 633 340 54% 29% 29% Blackwood BK 21374 20171 94% 56% 65% Blackwood Bw 3272 1717 52% 16% 16% Blackwood Bwy 62 42 68% 13% 13% Coate CE 24303 21473 88% 30% 47% Cowaramup C1 18968 6923 37% 13% 14% Cowaramup C2 13683 4889 36% 6% 6% Cowaramup Cd 4060 2581 64% 18% 18% Cowaramup Cr 913 539 59% 28% 28% Cowaramup Cw1 6172 1718 28% 10% 10% Cowaramup Cw2 6652 1516 23% 4% 4% Darradup DP 4082 2893 71% 46% 51% D’Entrecasteaux D 563 220 39% 0% 0% D’Entrecasteaux D5 2838 2447 86% 10% 10% D’Entrecasteaux Dd 6576 6367 97% 76% 76% D’Entrecasteaux DE5 7465 6783 91% 59% 59% D’Entrecasteaux Dr 45 23 50% 0% 0% D’Entrecasteaux Drd 146 143 98% 0% 0% Glenarty Hills H 7701 2595 34% 9% 9% Glenarty Hills Hd 273 197 72% 58% 58% Glenarty Hills Hw 2749 992 36% 8% 8% Gracetown G2 3178 3022 95% 91% 91% Gracetown G3 4469 4016 90% 56% 56% Gracetown GE 5062 4943 98% 73% 73% Gracetown Gv 22 22 100% 0% 0% Gracetown Karst Gk 16 16 100% 58% 58% RFA Vegetation RFA Pre- Present % Present % Protected in % Protected in

160 Complex Code European extent (ha) extent formal reserves formal and (Havel/Mattiske) extent (ha) informal reserves Jalbaragup JL 16232 14786 91% 13% 32% Kilcarnup KB 13 11 85% 81% 81% Kilcarnup KbE 355 285 80% 69% 69% Kilcarnup KE 6125 5970 97% 61% 61% Kilcarnup KEf 69 69 100% 100% 100% Kilcarnup Kf 756 676 89% 29% 29% Kilcarnup Kr 2543 2294 90% 66% 66% Kingia KI 102279 97735 96% 28% 34% Nillup N 17812 13281 75% 30% 39% Nillup Nd 2373 2131 90% 52% 57% Nillup Nw 8568 6348 74% 30% 46% Preston PR 9910 5318 54% 9% 21% Scott Sd 37700 18849 50% 26% 33% Scott Sw 43 38 89% 0% 0% Scott Swd 10402 7524 72% 52% 57% Scott Swi 1650 379 23% 0% 0% Telerah TL 27897 25548 92% 27% 33% Treeton T 27818 13761 49% 10% 12% Treeton Td 171 144 84% 65% 65% Treeton Tw 8723 3059 35% 5% 9% Wilyabrup W1 7306 4358 60% 26% 29% Wilyabrup W2 4101 1407 34% 2% 2% Wilyabrup WE 252 226 90% 77% 77% Wilyabrup WEw 17 17 100% 86% 86% Wilyabrup Wr 1111 799 72% 9% 9% Wilyabrup Ww1 2265 1326 59% 20% 24% Wilyabrup Ww2 1328 519 39% 0% 0%

161

162

163

164

165

166 References Augusta-Margaret River ICLEI Water Campaign Local Action Plan 2007 Australia ICOMOS 1999, The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOSCharter for Places of Cultural Heritage Significance 1999. Burwood Australian Heritage Commission 2002 Australian Natural Heritage Charter. Ask First: A guide to respecting Indigenous heritage places and values Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council and Agriculture and Resource Management Council of Australia and New Zealand 2000, Australian and New Zealand guidelines for fresh and marine water quality: volume 1, the guidelines, Environment Australia, Canberra. Australian Bureau of Agricultural and Resource Economics 2005, Australian energy statistics - Australian energy consumption by industry-energy units 1973-74 to 2004-05,(Table B), ABARE, Canberra, www.abareconomics.com. Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001a, Energy and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Accounts: Australia 92/93 to 97/98, cat. no. 4604.0 ABS, Canberra Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2001b, Survey of motor vehicle use, Australia, cat. no. 9208.0, ABS, Canberra Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006, Australian Historical Population Statistics, cat. no. 3105.0.65.001, Table 2 population by sex, states and territories, 30 June, 1901 onwards, ABS, Canberra, www.abs.gov.au. Australian Greenhouse Office 2006, National greenhouse gas inventory: Analysis of recent trends and greenhouse indicators 1990 to 2004, Department of Environment and Heritage, Canberra. Australian Greenhouse Office 2007, National Greenhouse Gas Inventory 2005, AGO, Canberra Beckwith Environmental Planning Pty Ltd, 2007Margaret River, Wilyabrup Brook, Cowaramup Brook and Chapman Brook Issue Scoping Report Department of Water Perth Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics 2002, Australian Transport Statistics 2002, BTRE, Canberra Bureau of Meteorology 2003, The Greenhouse Effect and Climate Change, BoM, Canberra. Department of Agriculture Western Australia 2007, Code of practice for the use of agricultural and veterinary chemicals in Western Australia – 3rd edition Department of Agriculture Western Australia, Perth Commonwealth of Australia 2001b, Australian agricultural assessment, vol. 1, National Land and Water Resources Audit, Canberra. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation 2005, Resource Futures Program; Augusta-Margaret River Regional Profile, CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Canberra Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation 2004, Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Environments, CSIRO Land and Water, Canberra Connell, S., Franke, B. and Adler, J. 1999. Augusta-Margaret River Shire Remnant Vegetation Strategy. Shire of Augusta-Margaret River and the Cape to Cape Alliance. Coleman, T, Hoegh-Guldberg, O, Karoly, D, Lowe, I, McMichael, T, Mitchell, C, Pearmand, G, Scaife, P, Reynolds, A 2004, Climate Change Solutions for Australia, report prepared by the Australian Climate Group, WWF-Australia, Sydney. Dale, D., Dale, M. and Connell, S. 2003. Augusta Environmental Strategy 2003. Shire of Augusta- Margaret River.

Delaney, M. and Gardner, J. 2000 Catchment Landuse and Water Quality Monitoring Report, Lower Blackwood LCDC and Shire of Augusta Margaret River. Delaney, M. 2005 Water Quality Monitoring Program 2001-2003 in the Augusta- Margaret River Shire Region.

167 Department of Agriculture 2000, Management of soil acidity on agricultural land, Farmnote, no. 80/2000, DoA, Perth. Department of Agriculture, WA, 2003, AGMaps Land Profiler – Shires of Capel, Busselton & Augusta- Margaret River, CD ROM, Director General, Department of Agriculture, Western Australia 2003 Department of Agriculture 2005, Code of practice for the use of agricultural and veterinary chemicals in Western Australia, Government of Western Australia, Perth Department of Environment 2003, 2002 Annual Summary of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in Western Australia, Technical series, no. 115, DoE, Perth. Department of Environment, 2005, Margaret River Catchment Area (including Ten Mile Brook Catchment) Drinking Water Source Protection Plan, Department of Environment, Government of Western Australia, Water Resource Protection Series Report No. WRP 53. Department of Environment and Conservation 2006, Contaminated Sites – New laws for Western Australia, Government of Western Australia, Perth Department of Environment and Conservation 2007 Unpublished comments on the Leeuwin Spring Catchment Area and Fisher Road Wellfield Drinking Water Source Protection Plan Department of Environment and Conservation 2008 Unpublished Air quality data - The Department of Environment and Conservation accepts no responsibility for the accuracy of the information or its suitability Department of Environmental Protection 2000, Perth Air Quality Management Plan, DEP, Perth Department of Environmental 2003 South West Yarragadee Blackwood Groundwater Area fact sheet 5 The hydrology of the Blackwood River Department of Transport, Main Roads Western Australia, Ministry for Planning, Fremantle Port Authority, Westrail & Metrobus 1995, Perth metropolitan transport strategy 1995-2029, DoT, Perth. Department of Water (DoW) 2007, Leeuwin Spring Catchment Area and Fisher Road Wellfield Water Reserve Drinking Water Source Protection Plan Water Resource Protection Series, No. 79, Government of Western Australia, Perth Department of Water (DoW) 2008, South West groundwater areas water management plan – allocation (Draft), Government of Western Australia, Perth Department of Water (DoW) 2008 Whicher area surface water management plan allocation (Draft), Government of Western Australia, Perth Department of Water (DoW) 2006 Hardy Inlet Condition statement as at August 2006, Government of Western Australia, Perth. Environmental Protection Authority (2007) State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 2007, website, Department of Environment and Conservation, Perth, Western Australia. Everard, C, Dallas, S & Anda, M 2008, Margaret River Wastewater Reuse Water Balance & Cost Benefit Analysis Report, Murdoch University, Perth Government of Western Australia 2003, A State Water Strategy for Western Australia, Government of Western Australia, Perth Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 2007, Climate Change 2007: The physical science basis - Summary for policymakers, contribution of Working Group 1 to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel in Climate Change, IPCC, Geneva. International Councils for Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) 2008, Local Governments for Sustainability Website (www.iclei.org) Loh, M & Coghlan, P 2003, Domestic water use study: In Perth, Western Australia 1998-2001, Water Corporation, Perth. Middle G. (Vision Environment) 2003 State of Environment Report and Environmental Action Plan Shire of Augusta Margaret River. National Environment Protection Council 1999, National Environment Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure 1999, NEPC, Adelaide.

168 National Framework for Energy Efficiency 2006, ''What is the National Framework for Energy Efficiency?', National Framework for Energy Efficiency, website, NFEE, Canberra, www.nfee.gov.au. National GreenPower Steering Group (NGPSG) 2007, National GreenPower Accreditation Program Quarterly Status Report 1st October – 31st December 2007 NGPSG http://www.greenpower.gov.au Tille, P.J. & Lantkze, N.C., 1990, Busselton, Margaret River, Augusta Land Capability Study. Department of Agriculture WA: Perth. SMR Consultancy 2003, DEP Milestone Report prepared for the Margaret River Shire Sustainable Energy Development Office, 2008, Energy Smart Homes, website, SEDO, Perth, http://www.sedo.energy.wa.gov.au/pages/energy_smart_homes.asp Thompson McRobert Edgeloe Pty Ltd. 2003. Augusta Town Centre Strategy. Shire of Augusta- Margaret River. Turton, H 2004, Greenhouse gas emissions in the industrialised world: where does Australia stand? Discussion paper, no. 66, prepared for The Australia Institute, TAI, Canberra. URS 2007, National Green Power accreditation program annual audit, audit period 1 January 2006 to 31 December 2006: Compliance audit, prepared for the National Green Power Accreditation Steering Group, URS, Sydney. Water and Rivers Commission 2000, River Restoration manual Water Corporation (WaterCorp) 2007, Waterwise Ways Brochure, Water Corporation, Perth Water Corporation, 2007a, Annual Statement to Water and Rivers Commission, Water Corporation, Perth (unpublished). Watkins, I 2008 Shire of Augusta-Margaret River Strategic Waste Management Plan IW Projects Pty Ltd, Perth Western Australian Planning Commission 2005, Urban growth and settlement, Statement of planning policy, no. 3 (draft), WAPC, Perth.

REFERENCES – Theme 2 Biodiversity

Beard, J., Chapman, A. and Gioia, P. (2000), ‘Species richness and endemism in the Western Australian flora’, Journal of Biogeography, Vol 27: pp.1257-68.

Beatty, S., Morgan, D. and Gill, H (2005), ‘Role of life history strategy in the colonisation of Western Australian aquatic systems by the introduced crayfish Cherax destructor’ Pp219-237 Vol 549 Hydrobiologia, Springer 2005.

Brundtland. G (Ed.) (1987), Our Common Future: The World Commision on Environment and Development, Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Commonwealth of Australia (2000), Land Clearing: A Social History, Australian Greenhouse Office, Canberra.

Commonwealth of Australia (2001), National Objectives and Targets for Biodiversity Conservation 2001-2005, Environment Australia, Canberra.

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) (2004) (a), Towards a biodiversity conservation strategy for Western Australia, Government of Western Australia, Perth.

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) (2004) (b), Best Practice guidelines for the management of Phytophthora cinnamomi, Government of Western Australia, Perth.

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) (1999), Environmental Weed Strategy for Western Australia, Department of CALM Publications, Perth.

169 Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) (2006), WA Threatened Species and Communities Unit List, Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth.

Dieback Working Group (2000), Managing Phytophthora Dieback – Guidelines for Local Government, Dieback Working Group, Perth.

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) (2007), State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 2007, Department of Environment and Conservation, Perth.

Indian Ocean Climate Initiative (IOCI) (2002), Climate variability and change in the south west Western Australia, Indian Ocean Climate Initiative Panel, Perth.

Joint ANZECC/MCFFA National Forests Policy Statement Implementation Sub-committee (JANIS) (1997), Nationally Agreed Criteria for the Establishment of a Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative Reserve System for Forests in Australia, Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra.

Low, T. (2001), Feral Future, Penguin Books, Melbourne.

Monaghan, J. and Associates. 1996. Draft Augusta Foreshore Management and Landscape Concept Plan.

Morgan, D., Gill, H., Maddern, M. and Beatty, S. (2004) ‘Distribution and impacts of introduced freshwater fishes in Western Australia’ Pp511 -523 Vol 38 New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, Royal Society of New Zealand.

Molloy, S., O’Connor, T., Wood, J. and Wallrodt, S. (2007), Local Government Biodiversity Planning Guidelines: Addendum to the South West Biodiversity Project Area, Western Australian Local Government Association, West Perth.

Paap, T., McComb, J.A., Shearer, B.L., Burgess T.I. & Hardy, G.E.S. (2006), ‘Marri Decline’: Marri Bulletin No. 1 A series outlining research findings associated with marri health in south-west Western Australia.

Project Dieback (2008), ‘Overview of the (phytophthora) disease risk in the AMR Shire’, unpublished figure. B Roadside Conservation Committee (2003), ‘A survey of roadside conservation values in the Shire of Augusta-Margaret River and Roadside Management Guidelines’ .L. Shearer, T.I. Burgess and G.E.S. Hardy Shire of Augusta-Margaret River (SAMR) (2005), Shire of Augusta–Margaret River Biodiversity Conservation Strategy: A Discussion Paper.

Shire of Augusta-Margaret River and Weed Action Group (SAMR/WAG) (2005), (draft) Shire of Augusta–Margaret River Weed Strategy.

South West Biodiversity Project. (2007). South West Biodiversity Project Natural Area Initial Assessment Templates. South West Biodiversity Project, Bunbury. Unpublished Report.

South West Catchments Council (2002), Waterways and Wetlands of the South West, Technical Report for the South West Regional Strategy for Natural Resource Management.

REFERENCES - Theme 3: Coastal and Marine

Bejder L., Samuels A., Whitehead H., Gales N., Mann J., Connor OR., Heithaus M., Watson-Capps J., Flaherty C. and Krutzen M. (2006) Relative abundance of bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops sp.) exposed to long-term anthropogenic disturbance. Conservation Biology 20(6) 1791-1798

Coastcare (2002) WA Coastlines Spring 2002. Coastcare Website. www.environment.gov.au/marine/coastcare

170 Commonwealth of Australia (2008a) Draft Background Paper for the Threat Abatement Plan for the impacts of marine debris on vertebrate marine life. April 2008. Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts, Canberra ACT.

Commonwealth of Australia (2008b) Draft Threat Abatement Plan for the impacts of marine debris on vertebrate marine life. April 2008. Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts, Canberra ACT.

Commonwealth of Australia (2007) The South West marine bioregional plan – Bioregional profile. A description of the ecosystems, conservation values and uses of the South West marine region. Department of the Environment and Water Resources. Canberra, ACT.

Commonwealth of Australia (2005) Intergovernmental agreement on a national system, for the prevention and management of marine pest incursions. 15 April 2005.

Commonwealth of Australia (2003) Domestic vessel movements and the spread of marine pests. Risks and management approaches. Kinloch M., Summerson R. and Curran D. Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry, Canberra, ACT.

Commonwealth of Australia (2002) Introduction to urban stormwater management in Australia. Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra, ACT.

Department of Agriculture (2001) Bulletin 4513: Scott Coastal Plain: A strategy for a sustainable future. June 2001.

Department of Environment and Conservation (2006) Indicative Management Plan for the Proposed Geographe Bay/Leeuwin-Naturaliste/Hardy Inlet Marine Park, Department of Environment and Conservation, Fremantle, WA.

Department of Fisheries Website. www.fish.wa.gov.au

Department of Fisheries (2008) Fisheries Management Paper No. 228. A strategy for managing the recreational catch of demersal scalefish in the west coast bioregion, Department of Fisheries, Perth, WA.

Department of Fisheries (2007) Fisheries Brief No 1. West Coast demersal scalefish. September 2007.

Department of Fisheries (2006). State of Fisheries Report 2005/06. Fletcher WJ. and Head F. (Eds)

Department of Fisheries (2000) Protecting and sharing Western Australia’s coastal fish resources. The path to integrated management. Fisheries Management Paper No. 135. Perth, WA.

Department of Planning and Infrastructure (2005) Small boat harbour at Flat Rock. A Preliminary assessment. Technical report No. 442. August 2005, Fremantle, WA.

Department of Water (2006) Hardy Inlet condition statement. Government of Western Australia, Perth WA.

Environmental Protection Agency (1990) Wastewater treatment plant, Augusta. Bulletin 457.

Environmental Protection Authority (2007) State of the Environment Report: Western Australia 2007, Department of Environment and Conservation, Perth Western Australia.

Fisheries Research and Development Council Website. www.frdc.com.au Fletcher WJ., Jones AF., Pearce AF. and Hosia W. (1997) Environmental and biological aspects of the mass mortality of Pilchards (Autumn 1995) in Western Australia. Department of Fisheries Perth, WA.

Government of Western Australia (2003) State Water Quality Management Strategy, Implementation Plan: Status Report SWQ 2.

171 Gurran N., Squires C. and Blakely E. (2005) Report for the National Sea Change Taskforce. Meeting the Sea Change Challenge – Sea Change Communities in Coastal Australia. Planning Research Centre, University of Sydney.

Hobday, A.J., Okey, T.A., Poloczanska, E.S., Kunz, T.J. & Richardson, A.J. (2006) (Eds) Impacts of climate change on Australian marine life: Part A. Executive Summary. Report to the Australian Greenhouse Office, Canberra, Australia. September 2006.

Landform Research (2005) Augusta Margaret River Coastal Management Plan January 2005. Landform Research/Coastwise, Roleystone.

Limbourn AJ. and Westera MB. (2006). A review, gap analysis and assessment of current information relating to marine and coastal environments in the SW region - Part A of Project C1-G1: A coastal and marine management planning framework for the South West Catchments Council- October 2006

Marine Futures Website. www.marinefutures.com.au

Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council (2006a) Australia’s national programme for action for the protection of the marine environment from land based activities. Australian Government, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra, ACT.

Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council (2006b) National cooperative approach to integrated coastal zone management. Framework and implementation plan. Australian Government, Department of Environment and Heritage, Canberra, ACT.

NIMPIS (2002) Sabella spallanzanii species summary. National Introduced Marine Pest Information System (Eds: Hewitt CL., Martin RB., Sliwa C., McEnnulty FR., Murphy NE., Jones T. & Cooper S.). Web publication http://crimp.marine.csiro.au/nimpis

Sumner NR. and Williamson PC. (1999). Fisheries Research Report Number 117. A 12-month survey of coastal recreational boat fishing between Augusta and Kalbarri on the west coast of Western Australia during 1996-97.

Shire of Augusta Margaret River (2008a) Draft Augusta Townsite Strategy. Summary and Discussion Document, March 2008.

Shire of Augusta Margaret River (2008b) Draft Margaret River Townsite Strategy. Summary and Discussion Document, March 2008.

Shire of Augusta Margaret River (2008c) Special Meeting of Council Agenda: 30 January 2008.

Shire of Augusta Margaret River (2008d) Policy PE.53 Water Sensitive Urban Design Local Planning Policy, January 2008.

Shire of Augusta Margaret River (2003) Policy PE.15 Coastal Management

Smithson Planning (2003) Hardy Inlet Management Plan. Albany, WA

State of Western Australia (2003) Coastal Planning and Management Manual. A community guide for protecting and conserving the Western Australian coast. Western Australian Planning Commission, Perth, WA

Tangaroa Blue Website. www.oceancare.org.au

Tourism Western Australia (2007a) Local government area fact sheet Shire of Augusta Margaret River 2006. Tourism Western Australia (2007b) Tourism Region Fact Sheet Australia’s South West Voice, M., Harvey N. and Walsh K. (2006) (Eds) Vulnerability to Climate Change of Australia’s Coastal Zone: Analysis of gaps in methods, data and system thresholds. Report to the Australian Greenhouse Office, Canberra, Australia. June 2006.

172 Waters and Rivers Commission (2002) Aggregated emissions of total nitrogen and total phosphorous to the Blackwood and Scott River catchments, Western Australia. A submission to the National Pollutant Inventory. Resource Science Division, Waters and Rivers Commission.

Western Australian Planning Commission (2007) Augusta Walpole Coastal Strategy – Draft for public comment, August 2007. Perth WA.

Western Australian Planning Commission (2003a) Statement of Planning Policy No. 2. Environment and Natural Resources Policy. Perth, WA

Western Australian Planning Commission (2003b) Statement of Planning Policy 2.6. State Coastal Planning Policy. Perth, WA

Western Australian Planning Commission (1998) Statement of Planning Policy 6.1. Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge Policy. Perth, WA

Western Australia Planning Commission (1989) Policy No. DC 6.1 Country coastal planning policy.

Western Rock Lobster Council Inc (c. 2005) West Coast Managed Fishery Code of Practice for reducing whale entanglements.

Wise BS., St John J. and Lenanton RC. (Eds) (2007). Fisheries Research Report Number 163. Spatial scales of exploitation among populations of demersal scalefish: implications for management. Part 1: Stock status of the key indicator species for the demersal scalefish fishery in the West Coast Bioregion. Final FRDC Report – Project 2003/052

173

174